[thrive_text_block color=”light” headline=”Look to Sheffield: this is how state and corporate power subverts democracy”] [/thrive_text_block]
One of neoliberalism’s promises was that it would free us from bureaucracy. By rolling back the state, it would vanquish the stifling power of officialdom, granting us unprecedented freedom and opportunity. This promise runs through the works of Friedrich Hayek and Milton Friedman, and Ludwig von Mises’ book Bureaucracy.
But in place of the old bureaucracy, it has created a state-corporate system more oppressive and intrusive than anything governments produced in the social democratic era. The hybrid nature of this system, protected from challenge by commercial confidentiality, property rights and civil law, places it beyond the reach of democracy.
The intermingling of state and corporate power allows corporations to harness the resources and protection of the state, and the state to hide behind its corporate partners. A classic example is the private finance initiative: a programme developed in the UK by the Conservatives but greatly expanded by Tony Blair and Gordon Brown. Under PFI, private companies finance and deliver public goods that governments would otherwise have provided.
Labour has now promised, if it takes office, to review all PFI contracts and buy them out if necessary. But the message has yet to filter through, even to some Labour councils.
A few days ago, in Sheffield with local campaigners, I toured the battle lines between people and profit. Sheffield has been described as Europe’s greenest city, but the council seems determined to change this through the massacre of many of its famous avenues of trees. In 2012, it signed a contract for what it called “the largest highways PFI programme in the UK” with Amey, a subsidiary of the vast Spanish company Ferrovial.
As part of this programme, Amey earmarked 6,000 trees for felling. Among them were magnificent and stunning specimens, treasured by local people, including famous landmarks such as the Vernon Oak in Dore, the Chelsea Road elm, the Western Road memorial trees and the cherry avenues of Abbeydale Park Rise.
The reasons given for destroying them seemed incomprehensible: the lifting of a kerbstone or two, the cracking of a pavement, roots intruding a couple of inches into the road. These are routine issues in any city, which can be easily and cheaply addressed without any need to attack the tree. In the case of the Chelsea Road elm – a rare survivor of Dutch elm disease, harbouring a colony of even rarer white-letter hairstreak butterflies – the residents commissioned an engineer to provide an estimate for addressing the cracked paving, and discovered it could be done, at minimal cost, without felling the tree.
But, the council tells me, “alternative engineering solutions … are not funded within the contract”. So they cannot be applied, regardless of any cost savings, and regardless of common sense. The terms of the contract were locked in for 25 years in 2012, and cannot be changed. It specifies that the trees must be felled, so down they must come.
Nor can there be meaningful engagement with local people – that, too, would stand outside the terms of the contract. The council has claimed that the issue is too big and too contentious for a public consultation to handle. In a democratic system, big and contentious are generally considered to be reasons for consultation.
The 150 year old Vernon Oak in Dore, one of thousands of Sheffield’s street trees earmarked to be felled. Photograph: Christopher Thomond for the Guardian
Because a PFI contract must guarantee financial certainty for the corporate partner, it forbids government agencies to learn, adapt and respond. As a result, the landscape architect Steve Frazer points out, Sheffield’s streets, with their rich communities, complex forms and multiple functions, are being reduced to nothing but “conduits for conveying cars and people”. Sterilised, featureless streets are the physical embodiment of a rigid and intolerant mindset, which itself arises from a rigid and unassailable contract. The flexibility that capital demands of the workforce cannot be applied to capital.
If the contract were changed, the council insists, there would be “catastrophic financial consequences”. Exactly what these are is impossible to know, because the relevant sections of the contract have been blacked out. This, the council tells me, is because such details are “commercially confidential or commercially sensitive to either Amey or the council.”
It is hard to see why. It seems to me that the information is more likely to be politically embarrassing than commercially compromising. In a twist that comes straight out of a Franz Kafka novel, the schedule to the contract (#30) that explains why parts of it have been deemed “commercially sensitive” has been withheld from public view. The hybrid nature of PFI provides a never-ending excuse for denying information to the public.
As soon as a PFI contract is signed, the public sector must become the guardian of private sector interests. On Friday two local people, Calvin Payne and the Green councillor Alison Teal, will be tried under another hybrid instrument: a civil case with potential criminal penalties. Sheffield city council has accused them of contempt of court, by breaking the injunction it served to prevent them from obstructing the felling of the trees they love. It has asked for custodial sentences. They might also, if found guilty, be charged with the costs of delaying the contract, which could amount to hundreds of thousands of pounds and result in the seizure of their assets.
Throughout the neoliberal era, governments and companies have devised new criminal and civil procedures to defend capital from protest. This is the force behind market forces. The enabling state, with its strong public services and robust social safety nets, might have been rolled back, but the security state has expanded, to protect corporate profits from democracy.
Those who defend the neoliberal model insist that such arrangements are a distortion of the programme, caused by government meddling, thwarting their purely commercial utopia. But the truth is that this hybrid, Kafkaesque system is an inevitable result of a model that cannot meet our needs – while providing endless opportunities for clientelism and capture. PFI exemplifies the practice of neoliberalism. It exposes the doctrine for what it is: a gigantic self-serving con.
I believe, we need to think about the contents and the goal of the education at each level, primary to higher to research education. We need to redesign our universities, their purpose and the content of the education. At every level, the education must lead towards actual sustainability, peace and the harmony. Without de-conditioning us by redefining money, market, economy, family & social values and other; we can never move towards the sustainability, peace and harmony.
The goal of this project shares the idea and the ambition. Please share your thoughts, expertise and experiences. I request you; please read the full article with photos, photo albums and videos. If you feel, you should contribute your expertise, knowledge, skills, experiences, ideas, thoughts, research, vision to this proposed residential school, please let me know. In future, if needed we will try to pay for your national/international travel from your place to the school.
Why a long article?
This article is asking your support on a project for education, a school with the vision and the values towards a harmonious and sustainable society. You should know about us, our strength, our weakness, our commitments, our vision, our understanding, our efforts, our works, our mass-strength and other. This article is written with honesty and transparency.
If you are interested in the idea, you would like to know more about us. Please read the detailed article below with our works for the masses on the ground, photos, photo albums, videos and my experiments/works on education.
In the detailed article, I am adding a chapter with the dolorous-souvenirs of my life. I term these souvenirs as "My Universities". After reading that chapter, you could get a bit idea about me. I am opening myself for a transparent, sincere, thoughtful and trusted companionship with you for the efforts towards a sustainable and harmonious society, a better society for everyone. English is not my first language; please forgive me for the errors. Thank you, with love, in solidarity.
You, as the educationalist, the environmentalist, the activist for peace, harmony and social sustainability, the social economist, and the person feeling social accountability, are invited for establishing a residential school; a school with the vision and the values towards a harmonious and sustainable society. We need your support for the contents, methods, mechanism, techniques, ideas, experiences and vision.
Nowadays, establishing an educational institute, including a university, is as easy as opening a shop. There are thousands of national and international funding agencies, who support primary educations in India and the other third world countries. The success reports are made beautifully to make their donors happy and motivated, also lobbying for national and international awards.
Also, there are the rich people, companies or group of individuals in the name of social upliftment try to establish or have a dream or establish education institutes for the higher education. In hodiernal, the higher education means training students to become a mechanical tool for the market to get a job for salary; known as development, progress and professionalism. The primary education creates tools for the higher education and the higher education builds human-tools for the market. It is a very strong, deep-rooted and organised chain.
Mostly innovative educational ideas and efforts are based on the methods of improving the rote learning. Even the goals of these educational approaches lead to the same, eventually.
This article is not for asking money from you.
For lands and buildings, we already have assets of around three million US$ and one million US$ for salaries of teachers and staff for the first three years. The money and assets are not funds/grants from a funding agency. We could get around twenty acres more land shortly for another campus of the school if needed.
The Saga of Educational Institutes in Khagaria, Bihar
The Solidarity
I founded a monthly Hindi journal “Nirman Samvad” around twelve years ago jointly with one of my social friends, this friend introduced me with Dr Swami Vivekanand Yadav, MD, of Khagaria, Bihar. Dr Swami Vivekanand Yadav stayed in my Delhi residence for a few days, sharing his old dream of establishing education institutes in Khagaria. I told him establishing education institutes is a straightforward task, get some funds from anywhere, construct the buildings, apply for the recognition with the government apex bodies, start taking intakes of students; that’s it all done.
I suggested him that the governments get money from the common people, we could also get support from the common people. It is tough but definitely will work. I shared my ideas with him on the social ownership and local governance. We started to work together for establishing educational institutes as the hospital, medical college, nursing training college, teachers training college, paramedical college, livelihood training college and other.
Dr Swami Vivekanand Yadav (yellow shirt) and Vivek Umrao Glendenning (red shirt); talking with the people
The Inception
On 2nd October 2006, the first foundation stone for the medical college and the community hospital was done by my wife, a PhD in hydrology and catchment management evaluating rainwater harvesting with the University of Sydney, and a post-doctorate in agricultural extension policy with The International Food Policy Research Institute, IFPRI.
Dr Swami Vivekanand Yadav and Dr Claire Glendenning at the first stone foundation ceremony
The Dawn and the Headway
Following my ideas and proposal, we organised mass meetings, foot marches and public dialogues to get peoples' support. I wrote some handbooks for free distributions on the ideas of local governance and decentralised economy. We were publishing thousands of copies of monthly open-dialogues booklets, and volunteers were going villages to villages with these booklets.
Mass Meetings
We organised many mass meeting at various level from the street level spontaneous meetings to the large-scale mass meetings of more than one hundred thousand people.
Foot Marches
We did many foot-marches, one-week period clustered foot-marches to one and half months long foot march, on an average thirty kilometres to fifty kilometres per day.
In the one and half months long foot-march, we did not make route-chart of foot-march. We walked from one village to another, unfamiliar communities. We used to have long days, from early in the morning around at 4:00 AM to about 11:00 pm in the night to cover more and more villages and villagers.
After entering in a village periphery, we were walking one or two rounds covering all residential areas of that village followed by street plays in various places inside the village and spontaneous street-mass meetings with the villagers. After these meetings, we were asking food for us. At the first day of the foot march, we had decided for not buying food and accommodation. Except me, no one was familiar with foot march and begging food. In the beginning, a few days, it was not easy for the other foot-marchers to beg food from a stranger in a strange village but after a few days, they had overcome their egos and conditioning of individual ownership.
We had decided, if we do not get food or raw material for self-cooking from villagers, we will not eat and keep walking and talking with the empty abdomen. We used the method of spiritual-begging for food from strange-villagers, begging for social cause generates politeness and spiritual association with the common people. We used to ask food in many households, the small amount of food from a house, mixing all food and eating together by sharing. We were used to inviting villagers also to have food with us. It was another opportunity to have a dialogue with them for educational institutes. Sometimes, we cooked the meal on the edge of the village mud-roads.
Dr Claire Glendenning also participated in one of the foot marches. She learnt Hindi to talk with local people. In the video, she is speaking in Hindi.
Open-dialogues by periodic-booklets
A booklet-journal was published periodically with the updates of the works also asking suggestions. Thousands of copies of these booklets were used to send to the villagers through the newspaper hawkers, and after around a week our volunteers were going to villages for collecting suggestions.
Public Contributions
Construction of the educational institutes
Educational Institutes after construction
Free medical help for financially weak families on the ground
There are hundreds of villages with no readily available functional connectivity with the district headquarters. There are many villagers with no money to get medical help. Volunteers and doctors team go to the remote villages with the medicines.
About the founders
Dr Swami Vivekanand Yadav MD
Dharmendra Kumar, Engineer
Vivek Umrao Glendenning "Samajik Yayavar"
Dr Swami Vivekanand Yadav MD
Dr Swami Vivekanand Yadav with financially weak people
Dr Swami Vivekanand Yadav was born in a financially-humble village family in Khagaria. He is an MD in Radiology; he could have earned lots of money and could have lived a luxurious life. But he chose to serve financially poor villagers. He was a professor in a medical college but he was spending more time travelling to the interior and remote villages of Farbisganj (Araria), Supaul, Saharsa, Purnia and Khagaria in the cheapest class of the cheapest trains and buses to reach the villages to serve needy people, the egregious public transport.
Dr Swami Vivekanand Yadav with financially weak people
I travelled with him many villages. I saw him going to villages, sitting in any available place and giving free medical advice to the villagers. He was starting his day very early to cover more and more villages in one day.
Dharmendra Kumar
Dharmendra Kumar
Dharmendra Kumar, a mechanical engineering graduate, lived in poverty even sometimes slept empty stomach in his childhood but refused to join a few nicely paid government jobs as an engineer in PSUs after graduation. Still, at the age of above forty years, he does not own a house although his business earns tens of thousands of dollars per month. Dharmendra and his family live in a very simple house. He has been utilising majority shares of his income into social welfare and upliftment programs. He is a very good mass-organiser. He has a network of thousands of farmers and youths in Bihar.
In 2006, he motivated the financially weak youths of a village for entrepreneurship. These youths were working in Delhi as migrant labourers. Under his guidance, they started making PEDA. The business started with one-kilogram PEDA /पेड़ा (a sweet dish made by milk) in 2006 but in a few years reached to an annual turnover of around ten million US$ per year.
I have been saying to him to work for a chain of residential schools and a chain of a supermarket and small-scale village industries of local farmers. He took a few years to accept these ideas and now Dharmendra, and I are working on these ideas- a chain of agro-cottage industries and a residential school.
Dharmendra Kumar Er, always on the ground with the people
Dharmendra Kumar is reading Ground Report India journal in one of the premises of the educational institutes.
Vivek Umrao Glendenning "Samajik Yayavar"
Vivek with the DOM /डोम (untouchable) people
I am a mechanical engineering graduate and a research scholar for decentralised energy systems. I was born in a village in India. My parents and ancestors are Indian origins. My mother is a granddaughter of a landlord. My father is a son of one of the wealthiest persons in the area, inherited millions of dollars properties from his father as houses in different cities/towns, fertile agricultural lands and other.
One of the houses of my father. This house is in his parental village. The carpet area of the house is around of an acre, more than a hundred people could participate in a function inside the house, and four SUV cars could be parked inside. The house gets electric supply from a chain of solar panels.
My both parents are postgraduates and law graduates. My mother is known as a perfect mother, a very progressive and thoughtful woman. My father spent most of the time of his life in hundreds of villages working for poor people against exploitation. He led and participated in many local level movements. He was the first person in the region, who broke the conditioning of castes and started to eat food in the houses of financially weak untouchable castes people. He participated in the movement against the emergency in India, he was around twenty years old, and I was a toddler, he was thrown into the jail for more than twelve months.
Around fifteen years ago when I was about twenty-six years old, my parents had dismissed me from the ancestral property inheritance because of my social activities.
My Universities
Terrible childhood
I always saw fights between my parents. If my father was at home, there was a fight each moment. I could not remember a moment when my father talked with me in a friendly environment as father and son. I could not remember sitting on the lap of my father although my father used to play with other kids in front of me. I do not remember having food with my father in my childhood and teenage. I do not remember any celebration even a small scale in my home. I do not remember going parks or playgrounds with my parents as a family.
I have been enduring the frustration, depression, irritation, and reactions of my mother since my childhood. I have been used a dustbin by my parents to throw their reactions, irritations, frustrations, depressions and negativities, probably this is why they do not feel emotions for me even now. They do not even feel emotions for my son also, born one year ago, seems I never existed for them.
When I was about twelve years old, the conflicts between my parents were very intense also were at the peak. My mother had started to threat my father for divorce although she was not working, not earning any money, owning no parental property, no support from parents.
Sometimes as pressure tactics, when my father was in the home, my mother left the house leaving a suicide note in the home, but we always found her near a railway track, waiting for my father bringing her back to home on her conditions. Each time I was very sad to lose her; I always took her suicide note sincerely.
Probably to put huge pressure on my father, one day my mother eloped and started to live with her parental family. She lived there for many months. I travelled a few times to request my mother to come back home, but she was waiting for my father to follow her conditions.
My mother always thinks that she is a victim, my father is always wrong, and she must force him to do right things. For everything, she always instructed my father. How to talk, how to smile, how to behave. She used to instruct my father, how to speak with me. She always thought that my father is a fool and immoral person, and she is very expert of psychology and a highly valued person. She never gave a chance to my father to behave and live with his originality with me; probably this is why he had no interest to talk and play with me.
I think because my mother kept opposing social commitments of my father although he was very committed to downtrodden people. He was not wasting life; he was struggling for exploited people. With the time she turned to a very selfish, self-centred, full of negativity and psychological sick woman. A kind woman ended as a termagant, cruel and insensitive mother. I realised that a person could never be a sensible person by opposing and abusing social commitments and values.
Sexually abused childhood
When I was in class sixth, just nine and a half years old, I began to look for my father in various villages, when he was not visiting home for many weeks, sometimes three or four months. It was not easy to find my father. Maybe he was in a different village in the noon, in a different village in the evening and night in a different village. There were no connecting roads and google map to search a village. Usually, he was working for very backward communities of the region. No mobile, no internet, no phone.
Usually, each time I accompanied with a political volunteer of my father. Always it took a few days to find him; occasionally I returned without seeing him, leaving a message for him in a village in the hope that maybe he will visit that village again soon and will get a message. For a child, it was harsh and painful to travel with heavy crowded transports, unknown strange communities and people. Sometimes staying in their houses, eating their food.
Under these circumstances, a friend of my parents got opportunities to abuse me sexually a few times, inserting his penis into my anal and dropping semen inside when I was about ten to eleven years old. I did not disclose these sexually abused incidents with anyone. Under the circumstances of my family and behaviours of my parents, as a child, I could not have said anything about it to anyone. Now at the age of more than forty years, I am speaking about it.
The Schooling
I was sent to a government school after primary education. The government school had big old buildings, big playgrounds built by the British. The teachers were so irresponsible although they were getting big salaries. There was no teacher for some subjects or one teacher for a few hundred students. In my class, there were two hundred students. Classrooms were huge and were able to accommodate more than two hundred students. There was no teacher for English.
Teachers were not teaching in classrooms, but they were directly/indirectly forcing students for tuition in the homes of teachers. Hundreds of students were going to tuition in the houses of teachers. Teachers were making extra money by this. If a student was not paying for tuition, he was failed intentionally in half-yearly or annual or both examinations by the subject teacher. Paying monthly fees for tuition was important, one could pay for tuition without attending tuition-classes to get marks in the examinations.
In future, I completed a graduation with mechanical engineering followed by research in decentralised energy systems.
The Awakening
I thought I could mediate between my parents; thus I started to read many psychology, sociology, history and great ideas books to understand the conditioning, consciousness and mindset of people. I read many books; I was too innocent that time, I was hoping that my parents will listen to me, will understand me and one day I will be able to resolve the issues to build a lovely family with my parents.
To live with a beautiful and loving family with trust and harmony was my ultimate goal. With the time, I understood about the conditioning of individuals, communities, manmade systems, religions and civilisations. I started with my family but ended with the entire society. I read thousands of books to understand many issues to build a better society.
I started YOG when I was hardly seven or eight years old. I was sitting all night in PADMASAN with straight backbone thinking about life, consciousness and soul, as I had understanding and presumptions that time. I did this up to my age of twenty-three years.
Many conditionings and beliefs were broken inside me. I actively wanted to understand the life, conditioning, beliefs and values. I decided to use my whole for a better and harmonical society. I never even for a second thought about myself, selfishness and security. I never used my life energy for personal gain, for self-interest, safety, security, likeness, lust or wants.
I wanted to know more and more things about life and thoughts, and I reduced my sleep a lot to save time. I started YOG. I reduced intake of grains a lot. Mostly, I began to take milk and fruits.
I started YOG with AASANAs, YAM, NIYAM and PRANAYAMA. I became used to sit on PADMASANA doing PRANAYAMAs all night. I used to hold breath outside and inside for many minutes. While I was holding the breath out means no breath inside the body, I was concentrating on my mind and consciousness. I realised many deeper values and understanding. It was like an awakening.
I reached into deeper levels of YOG. I realised that YOG is not aerobics, it is not physical exercise. YOG is something else entirely. YOG is understanding of life. YOG is universal consciousness. YOG is the realisation of being "unseparated universal ONE", means we are not separate we are one every unit of the existence. YOG is not lust but deconditioning. YOG is not physical fitness tool but selfishlessness. YOG is the complete merge of self in universal-existence.
I could have felt cognition, the changes in the electric/magnetic fields, disturbances in others’ minds, thoughts and emotions, negativity or positivity.
As I was reaching into deeper stages, I realised that my body could reflect with many minor changes in various fields. I started to understand the differences in local, relative and absolute truth(s). I wrote three diaries writing my realisation although it was as impossible to write the experiences in words. The words and the language are not empowered to express consciousness level deeper understanding, awareness and experiences. You could feel it, you could realise it, you could see it, you could experience it, but you cannot convert it in words and languages, impossible.
One day I realised that now I have only two options. One- eloping from the mainstream world; the Second- I should use my life and energy to make this world better with peace, harmony and awakening without exploitation, violence and conditioning. I decided to move towards the universal-consciousness-YOG, practical exploration of practical possibilities for making this world better for each unit living with harmony. I stopped YOG; my body took a long time to reduce reflecting on the changes of electromagnetic and other fields.
One day, they searched my room and found my diaries. After reading my diaries, they thought I am a very roughneck, uncouth and rotten person with putridity. They burnt my diaries. I still miss that loss; it was the most unfortunate loss of my entire life. These diaries were based on my organic thoughts, awakening and movements in the YOG.
YOG gave me the strength for segregating myself with any environment, situation and circumstances.
I had a deep and strong-will to understand consciousness level human psychology, conditioning, development of values/ideas, building and movements of conditioning, values and the systems of the society and civilisation. I wanted to understand each element of the society, culture and civilisation. Without understanding interrelated essences and influencing aspects of the psychology, conditioning and values of human and society; it is not possible to move even a single substantial step towards the solution and a harmony world.
The libraries in Lucknow and the punishments by parents
According to my parents, writing diaries, doing YOG, reading thoughtful books were depraved and evil deeds thus they started to punish me. After the physical and emotional tortures of more than a week, one day my mother told me that she does not want to see her younger son ruined because of me thus she does not want to see me in the house anymore. For her, it was a punishment to me, but it was a big opportunity for me. I had read many books in the available local libraries and wanted to explore more extensive libraries, Lucknow the state capital, had better opportunities. I told my mother I am happy to follow the punishment. I was around nineteen years old.
They moved me to Lucknow. Parents were giving me money hardly enough for survival. Managing expenses of the rent of a simple tiny room, food and local travel were impossible. Because of social conditioning and the feudal mentalities of the prominent families, I was not allowed to do any activities to earn some pocket-money; strictly prohibited by parents.
I needed money to travel to libraries and other things. To save money, I started to consume less food. I was getting supplies of lentils, wheat and rice from home farming. For saving money for local travels to the libraries, I changed my eating habits and stuck with only lentils and rice, no spices and vegetables except salt. I was not spending any money on food except for salt. Also, I was walking to libraries from the room for saving money. It was time-consuming to go various libraries on every day, or the alternate days thus I was walking to different libraries in one day and was borrowing many books and journals enough for a couple of weeks. On an average, I was walking more than twenty kilometres on the library-day.
To save time, I was not cooking food daily. I used to cook enough amount lentil and rice for few days. I did not have a refrigerator. India is a hot country thus eating the off-food was my regular habit.
In no-libraries days, I was staying at home, reading books after books all day. To study more and more books, I was sleeping decidedly less, hardly three hours, sometimes two hours and sometimes zero hours. Depend on books, the strength of the body and the food availability.
Breaking the boundaries of feudal mentality
One night, I was walking to my room from the inter-city bus station. I met a rickshaw puller. Daytime he was pulling rickshaw to earn money and night time he was using his rickshaw as his home. He was postgraduate. I became his friend; we used to have in-depth discussions about life.
After meeting him a few times. One day I requested him that I also want to pull the rickshaw. He agreed to give me his rickshaw in the night time. A few nights I pulled the rickshaw, earned money for him and affronts by the people I was manually pulling on the rickshaw. It was a big learning of human behaviours. I worked as a casual labourer in building construction for two days but pulling rickshaw was a very big learning curve towards human sensitivity.
As a YOG teacher
A maternal uncle of my mother moved to Lucknow. He was shifting his naturopathy centre to Lucknow. He needed a physical-exercise-YOG teacher for his centre. I accepted his proposal. I started to teach physical-exercise-YOG in three classes, repeating YOG exercises three times daily in the morning.
The learners had different agendas to learn YOG exercise. The graduate/postgraduate students who wanted to get concentration on the study to get seats in government service competitive examinations. People who wanted to cure their sickness. People who wanted to feel relaxed. People who wanted to be physically fit. Some people who wanted to improve their sexual capacity and other. None of them was for real YOG; they had their agendas of lust and consumption. I realised why India has hundreds of yoga shops internationally, having many so-called yoga gurus.
Yog is selfishlessness and state of consciousness; not a physical exercise or aerobics but yog is used only for various lusts, consumption, selfishness and physical fitness. The people who cannot attain the consciousness and mind level states, physical-YOG-exercises help them to control as a possibility to move towards YOG. But YOG has become the tool for consumption and laic and carnal pleasures.
My efforts for earning money and parents forced me to leave Lucknow
Somehow, my parents knew that I help the maternal uncle of my mother. My mother came to Lucknow. By chance, I was in the house of her uncle. She behaved with me very nicely in front of them. She told me that she brought some stuff for me, so she wants to visit my room. She hired a rickshaw, and she started to beat me publicly on the road while we were on that rickshaw. That rickshaw puller was no stranger to me because some YOG learners used to come to the YOG centre on his rickshaw. He was shocked to see me, beaten by my mother publicly. At the arrival in my room, my mother met my landlord, the first time. She told my landlord that he should beat me daily, but he said to her that Vivek is a nice person. My mother told him that she knows me the best. She left to Kanpur. My landlords spent a few hours with me he felt sympathy because of the behaviour of my mother.
All these incidents forced me to decide for breaking financial relations with my parents. I started to explore possibilities to earn money; I was prepared to face any punishment/reaction by my parents. One of my friends agreed with me to start a coaching centre jointly for mathematics and physics subjects for class eleven, twelve and undergraduate students. This endeavour needed very less capital investment; his father agreed to give me a short-term loan with fifty percent shares for his son. I took a nursery school on rent for evening timings. I got it with a cheap rent because the school was getting extra income for non-working hours. I did not need money to invest in furniture. Around thirty-five students were ready to join. We had paid one-month advance rent and waiting for the first day. But the first day never came.
One day, my father came to Lucknow with his people. Forcefully, I was taken to his house in Kanpur, after a couple of days, I was sent to his other house in Fatehpur. I was around twenty-two years old.
Home-jail by parents and continuous physical and emotional tortures for around two years
In Fatehpur house, all rooms were locked by parents except a tiny room where I got a bed to sleep. There was no extra space in that room other than the bed; now it is used as a storeroom. For stopping me from going outside from the house, the doors were locked. I was not allowed to use the doors of the tenant.
Parents were visiting Fatehpur house weekly. They used to beat me all nights on weekends; it was the routine for many months, the weekly tortures overnight. Probably, my mother had become bored or tired or enjoyed enough beating me, whatever the reason but she gradually reduced her visits to Fatehpur house for punishing me on weekends, from once in a week to once in a fortnight then once in a month.
My father was not coming to Fatehpur house for days. Without proper food somehow I was trying to survive. Sometimes the wife of the tenant was giving me some food, feeling pity for me. Sometimes my father left five or ten kilograms potatoes before leaving the house for one or two weeks. I had to eat those potatoes without salt and other vegetables. Days and days I was eating only boiled potatoes with salt. In the periods of no gas in the cylinder, I used to live without food some days. No money was ever given to me; I was locked in the house.
- Beaten publically by father including the presence of hundreds of strangers
Living like this, one day I used the door of the tenant to go outside. That day father was in Fatehpur; he was in his court-office. I went to his office; he became furious at me, I asked him a simple question that why I am here in home jail, how long I will be like this. He started to beat me there in front of hundreds of people. When he stopped, I asked him to hit me more, but I need an answer. He beat me more and more but no response, some strangers came to intercept beating; I told them very bluntly not to intercept him. That day when my father came home in the night and beat me all night, but that day I felt relaxed because at least I vented myself a bit. After this incident, I was mentally prepared for few more months to live in that home jail without venting myself.
- Ears damaged, beaten brutally for hours by my father
One day I was beaten for around six hours with a stiff rod by my father. He hit on my ears intentionally or unintentionally, my both ears were damaged, were releasing blood. The left ear was severely damaged, leaked water twenty-four hours for around three years. After beating, my father left home and came back after few days with my mother to take me for attending the marriage of younger brother of my mother. Ears had bled two days; my singlets had become red. I was putting and changing cotton singlets in my ear twenty-four hours because of ear water leakages. But my parents did not care for my ears, did not ask anything, not a single word of sympathy or care or sadness. My mother took me to the doctor after three years when I was a student of the second year of engineering graduation. Till now even after many years, I have to take precautions for my ear although ear has become used to various weathers.
- Moved to Kanpur house, tortures continued by my mother
I do not know why, but I was sent to Kanpur house. I did not know how should I feel after spending around one year in a parent-home-jail with dense and continuous tortures, broken ears with constant water leakages; had lost fertility of brain; had lost fluency in the English language; many other capacities were lost. But I was dreaming that probably after moving me into Kanpur house, now parents will not abuse and will show some sensitivity after torturing me so brutally continuously for almost one year, and I will get some opportunities to study. But after few weeks my mother told me that I would have to compete for engineering entrance examinations in next session. She said it would be the last opportunity in my life. If I have the intelligence and strength, I have no other choice than opening the doors of this opportunity.
I had no idea, where my life is heading. But I had no options except following my mother's instructions without if or but. Just because they gave me birth, they were right, perfect, rational, sensitive, honest, and thoughtful for me. It was me,
who was wrong, evil, thief, characterless, insensitive, illogical, thoughtless and...
My mother made me a timetable. She gave me two sleep-slots for choosing one; 9:00 pm to 1:00 am or 12:00 am to 4:00 am. I picked 9:00 pm to 1:00 am sleep-slot; only four hours sleep in twenty-four hours.
My mother locked all rooms in the house; only one room was open for me. She shifted her bed also in my room. She started to lock the kitchen after cooking food to prohibit me from eating more food than the amount given by her. She was deciding the amount and type of food; I should eat in a meal per day; very less amount of food because according to my mother a big amount of food influences a person to sleep. Toilets were locked, each time I needed to go toilets, I had to take her permission also the keys.
Daily without any reason probably should be termed as beating for preventions; she was beating me two or three times for no reason. She used to beat me brutally with any tool she found.
According to the timetable given by my mother, I got only four hours to sleep. But practically I got only around two hours sleep daily. Daily in the night at 9:00 pm just before my time of sleep she used to deliver lectures that I sleep a lot, I am a rubbish person, and she is one of the most unfortunate women having an evil son like me, her words resonated in my mind daily while I was sleeping. Even she gave me waking time at 1:00 am but at around 12:30 am sometimes also at 12:00 am she used to kick me with her feet to wake me up.
Between 1:00 am to 6:00 am in the morning, daily she was beating me a few times saying that I was sleeping although my eyes and books open. I have no idea how did she get an impression that I could sleep with open eyes. She never understood one fundamental thing that it is me who wants to sleep least because I want to get a seat in engineering college to get rid of from these inhumane and brutal circumstances.
I did not know, under these circumstances how did I survive! I had decided that if I do not get a seat in an engineering college, I will end my life. I did not want just to keep myself alive. I was thinking I will end my life because just eating, poohing and sleeping is not a meaningful life for me. I was very sad because of all my struggles; all my sufferings were ending with nothing.
I survived and still surviving.
My wish as a child and a son
When I was a child, I had deepest wish to live with happiness, trust, peace, love and harmony with my parents and the family. I wanted to eat food sitting with my father. I wanted to share my queries with my parents; I wanted to ask many questions about their understanding of life. I wanted to play with them together. I wanted to tell them what I like what I don’t like. I wanted to say, my mother, that if I am getting 99 marks out of 100 in mathematics or science, then she does not need to punish me because getting one or two marks less are not significant issues, she should praise me for getting 99 marks. I wanted to say my parents that I could do a lot better things if I am not instructed and punished.
Also, I wanted to tell them that at least for a few days I want to live with them as a happy and healthy family. I wanted to say them that I am a trustful person. I am not a lier. I am not a bad boy. I am not violent. I am not evil. I wish my parents should have hugged and kissed me. I wanted to tell them that they should not be worried about what others say, sometimes they should worry about what I think or feel or want to express.
There were many feelings I wanted to express in front of my parents. In the age of six or seven years, when kids do lovely and cute insistence on getting their wishes followed by parents, I was trying to read thoughtful books for developing myself to resolve psychological issues between my parents.
Epilogue : objectivity and rationality
With the experiences of my life universities; I firmly believe that the circumstances can never stop a person to live with values, sincerity, and thoughtfulness. There can never be an excuse; impossible. I believe in death; I firmly believe that one day I will die. Thus I want to utilise my life energy with the best of the values and humanity.
Following the theoretical assumptions of psychology, I should have become a psycho killer or a rapist or very very violent person, also a very insensitive, cruel and brutal father.
Usually, people do not want to see things with objectivity and rationally. This is why with the time they become worse in place of being mature and thoughtful. And they force other also to become worse. This process continues. This is why most of the people transfer hollowness, negativities, superficiality, selfishness and self-centredness to their kids. Mechanical and routine customs never make children or people real sensible, polite and thoughtful.
With the time I had understood one thing very clearly that it is rare that people change themselves. Usually, people use excuses to justify their negativities, hollowness, intolerance and negativities. I met many individuals who misbehave with others just because they did not get a good tea in the morning or did not have a bath or did not have breakfast, or did not get proper sleep or slept one or more hours less. Usually, people are trained to justify their violence and insensitivity by these minimal and superficial reasons. Because most of the people use these tricks for justifications, thus these methods are widely justified, accepted, praised, also termed as smartness; and the trick users are known/praised as practically smart people.
I faced continuously too many negativities, violence and insensitivity from my early childhood but moved into the path of social construction and continuous efforts for social-harmony and sustainability with no-rest. I took my sufferings as the teachings of nature the existence of more significant causes. I wanted to utilise my life to make this world better for all humans. There are billions of people who do not get food, no roof, no security; only get continuous exploitation, pain, brutality, violence, cruelty etc.
I always preferred to work/associate with very interior, remote and tough areas. I worked in very remote, interior and tough areas of Bihar, Chhattisgarh, Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh and other states of India. I started to work for indigenous people in the Maoists-violence areas of Bastar, Chhattisgarh when rare people were visiting there and government’s development works were not started. If I could understand and communicate a local language, I am ready to go and work anywhere in the world with most needy areas. The local language is the most important tool to connect with the people as their own, sharing their deep feelings/reactions/thoughts/experiences.
Experiments on Education
Education centres for children of indigenous migrant labours and beggars in Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh
When I was an undergraduate engineering student, I started weekly education centres for very low-income family children, beggar-children and children of indigenous migrant labours. I started with one centre and gradually formed ten centres.
I worked with these education centres alone. These homeless families were living in temporary slums or new construction colonies. For motivating them to send their children to the education centres, I never told them that their children would have a better life. I did not use any trick to motivate them for sending their children. I never gave money or toffee or chocolate or anything else to bribe children for coming to the education centres. I honestly told them that nothing would change except their children will know some of the basic reading writing skills and elementary mathematics.
Daily after finishing the engineering classes, I used to go to one or more of these education centres. I scheduled one or two education centres per day, with this arrangement I was able to cover all education centres in a week. Daily I needed to walk three to six kilometres to reach these education centres. Daily I needed to go to call each child to come. For these education centres, I only needed a white blackboard, a marker and myself. These centres had male and female children from the age of two years to eighteen years.
- Education centre for beggar-children
One of my friends who was an officer in a government department provided the car park at his residence for the education centre for beggar-children. These children were not going to any school; I should say they never went to a school. They were homeless, living at the edge of an open sewage-channel, the main sewage channel of the city of a population of around ten million people. The terrible odours of this drainage could be felt from a few hundred metres both-sides. I had to go to the edge of that sewage channel to collect beggar-children, sometimes the sewage was touching the feet. First few days I thought I should shut this centre, but I thought these children are humans like me and they live, cook and eat food there without shelter even in rainy seasons. Many times, it was hard to find them because they were busy with begging.
Although they were beggars, they offered me food whatever they had. I had meals a few times with them, cooked at the edge of sewage open-channel with not-drinking water. They were humans, if they were eating that food, I could have also eaten, and I ate their food. They trusted me, I trusted them, they accepted me, and I accepted them. I did not have any trace of hidden racism; I did not have an ego, I did not have superiority racism. They were insecure; I was insecure. I never became sick working with those children, eating their food at the edge of sewage channel.
Education centres for children of Dalits (untouchables) and self-rule village-councils in villages of Hardoi, Uttar Pradesh
- Interior village of Dalits (people of untouchable castes)
After graduation, I had two options; get a job in a government or a company or go for higher studies before getting a job, a smooth comfortable and secure life. But the OTHER, working for de-conditioning, social-sustainability, harmony, social-solution with the meaningful purpose of life, and practical experiments and understanding on the social ground. I chose the OTHER option.
Usually, pains, insecurities, discomforts and tortures motivate many of us for choosing a smooth, comfortable and secure life. But I firmly believe in universal consciousness. I do not believe in rebirth. Thus I never wanted to spend my whole life just to own a car, good clothes, a house, luxury, security, tasting different wines, tourism only for personal pleasures, sexual pleasures, bank balances, etc. I wanted to contribute my life making the world better for all humans and creatures. There are billions of people and animals, who do not get food, roof, comfort, safety and security; they only get continuous exploitation, pain, brutality, violence, cruelty, etc.
There was a village of financially very weak Dalits, the untouchable caste people, in Hardoi district, around one hundred fifty kilometres from Kanpur. There was no road to the village, no electricity, no school, no drinking water facility. Villagers had mud huts and used to work in other's agricultural lands.
It was a rough and suffocating bus journey to reach the area, around nine hours journey changing three buses, densely crowded, very suffocating many times with no space even for turning the heads. I used to travel this area periodically when I was an engineering-undergraduate student. I used to stay there for a few days to teach their children, working with the villagers in agricultural fields, eating food with them and discussing their issues.
While staying in that village, I used to sleep on mud-floor without any bedding, bedsheet and pillow but with the high possibilities of snakes, insects and mosquitos. Many times, in the morning I ended up sleeping with dirty street dogs, stinking goats and chickens. Many weeks I cooked food for many people in mud stoves using wood.
An education centre for kids in Natpurwa
- Village of Dalit-prostitutes
More or less around ten kilometres, there was a village of Dalit-prostitutes. This village was established a few hundred years ago by upper caste people for their sexual lusts. The children did not have fathers, only mothers. Still, girls are supplied as prostitutes from this village to metro cities in India; some girls are supplied to foreign countries. Brothers sell their sisters as prostitutes to the customers, and mothers teach their daughters how to please the customers sexually. In Indian society, you could still find many villages of untouchable traditional-prostitutes. In their families, you do not have fathers. Anyone could go to them and use them for sexual pleasure with nominal payments.
I spent many days living in this village. Neelkamal and Ramkumar, two energetic youths from this village, were making efforts to aware the people of their village. They started a few education centres and self-employment skill development programs with the help of an NGO. I also supported them for these activities.
I was one of the rarest persons who stayed many days in this village but never touched any woman. I accepted them as my sisters; they also had regard for me, they always behaved with me as family members, not as prostitutes.
The Rainy season was too bad for that village. Their houses were tattered, dripping in the rain, changing places all night avoiding dripping. By one day rain, the village was used to entirely disconnected for more or less a week from the main roads because of the morass in village trackways, even walking was very tough; feet were captured up by the morass to the knees, hard to lift the foot.
I worked for the uses of renewable energy, smokeless mud stove also for the education.
I used to stay in this mud-house in the village of Dalit-prostitutes
- "Self-rule" village councils and smokeless energy-efficient mud stove
When I visited these villages the first time, villagers did not trust me. They thought I am an engineer thus came to their villages for fun, tourism, change of taste without a serious commitment. I was starting my day at 4:00 am in the morning and ending the day at around 11:00 pm in the night. I built smokeless energy-efficient mud stoves in many houses of these villages. At first, I did not know how to make mud-stove but I learnt from the illiterate village-women, I accepted them as my teachers. I modified their technics to make their mud-stoves a better smokeless and energy efficient. The technique I used for building the mud-stoves needed six to eight small iron rods for each stove. Daily after getting up in the early morning around 4:00 am, I used to spend a few hours to cut long iron rods into small iron rods by hands using a handsaw. In my life, I never had done this type of works thus used to get big blisters on my hands. Villagers took a few months to trust me, but they still remember me.
After gaining trust, I shared my idea of self-rule village-councils with the villagers, and they supported me for these ideas. These village councils had minimum one person from a family in the village council board. I motivated women and teenager-girls to join the board and attend the weekly meetings. These village councils were different from government village councils.
I also had been attending weekly village-council meetings. I motivated them for village funds to solve various issues locally. Villagers did many works with their small-scale village funds. Few families were in enmity and had killed each others family members in the past for revenge. Using weekly village-council meetings, followed by many talks and mediation with these families, somehow I was able to resolve their issues and motivated them to stop blood-violence to live with peace.
The lady who taught me how to build a chulha
Experiments with innovative ideas in a school in a village of Moradabad, Uttar Pradesh
After graduation in mechanical engineering followed by research work in decentralised energy systems, I had a few reasonable job offers with good salaries, but I did not want to work for money, I wanted to do the real jobs, not the jobs for money. That time, I used to spend weekends in the house of Sandeep Rai (Sandeep Rauzi), discussing various social issues. One day on one weekend at his place I met Dr Rakesh Saxena (Rakesh Rafeeq). Dr Rakesh shared his wish of opening a school and invited me for implementing my ideas of innovative education systems. I accepted the offer and started to work the first academic day of the founding year as the executive director of education in the school.
I was working there from 4:00 AM at morning to 11:00 PM at night daily, even on Sunday, but was not taking any salary. After 11:00 PM in the night I used to sleep on the typical wooden benches of the classrooms.
- The school
The school had around half an acre land. As school building, there were only three small rooms and a small area with plastic polythene roof. There was no electricity, no drinking water supply, no proper toilet in the school. The school was situated about two kilometres from a small town. Agricultural lands of villagers surrounded the school. Students were coming from the villages of 25-30 kilometres of a radius. Some of these communities were very poor, and some were wealthy.
It was tough to run a school of eleven classes, from a lower kinder garden class to the ninth grade, for more than three hundred students, with three small rooms and ten teachers. There was no room for office, also no room for the staff. All teachers were on salaries. All students were paying standard fees equivalent to the other schools in the vicinity town.
- The restrictions
I wanted to explore new things to develop internal strength of teachers and students. I tried to generate mutual understanding between teacher and student. All teachers were postgraduates from the state universities but not knowing their subjects. For example, an M.Sc (master in science) degree holder did not know simple geometry, simple trigonometry, simple algebra and other; the MA (master in arts) in English did not know simple translations of primary standards. I was not able to understand, how were they able to get the degrees of postgraduates.
A couple of weeks after my joining in the school, some guidelines, given below, were given to me by the school owners.
I can not hold teacher and students after school hours.
The number of students must not be decreased because of my experiments.
Parents of students should not complain because of my experiments. (usually, Indian parents do not like non-conventional or experimental things)
I can not change textbooks, and I can not remove or change the dress code.
No extra expenses will be given for my experiments.
I accepted these guidelines because I knew, once I will have a trusted relationship with teachers and students, these frivolous instructions will be in the dustbins.
- The experiments
The very first, I wanted to know, who would like to be part of experiments at the beginning. I started to discuss my ideas with teachers, person to person interactions. I started to join their classes sitting with the students to understand teacher's abilities, method, attachment & behaviour with students and comparative knowledge of the subjects. Some teachers had ego problems with each other, so I prompted them for avoiding their egos in school hours for the sake of students.
There was a game period for one hour for all students. In one hour game period, I started to discuss with teachers collectively on education, personality development, sharing of experiences, visions, likes, dislikes of their lives and teacher-student relationship etc.
I started to teach students to help teachers. The teachers started to understand, what I want to do in the school. They began to cooperate with me. I told them that if the teachers flower themselves, then the students will flower automatically. The teachers started to see the school and students beyond a job for money and monthly salaries.
To correlate me with the students, also for gaining their trusts. Daily, I started to go in the school-vehicle to bring the children to school from their homes from various villages. I used to get up at 4:00 AM. The school-vehicle used to start the trip at 4:45 AM to bring children from their villages. The school vehicle, locally known as JUGAD, was a simple diesel-pump (usually used to lift the water from the wells) driven typical wooden vehicle with no shockers on wheels, no cushion on seats and without a roof. We used to carry a big polythene sheet with us for protection from the rain.
By going in the school-vehicle, I could have spent more time with the children out of the classrooms as one of their friends while driving from their homes to the school. It also helped me to observe the activities of the students. I started to go in the vehicle after school time also, to drop the children in their homes, even started to meet their parents. I began to visit the homes of the teachers too on weekends to have dinner with them and their families.
I started to have lunch with the students. Daily, I was taking one bite from the tiffins of different students. I motivated them to eat from other's tiffins also they should give their tiffin to others. It helped them to generate mutual brotherhood.
I made very clear that teachers must not beat or scold any student at any circumstance even for big mistakes. I motivated them to explore constructive approach than punishments. I told teachers, if you cannot handle, please bring the issue to me, I will handle the matter. I motivated students even five or six years kids to punish themselves with their own for their mistakes. Students were not scared of me. They could have shared anything with me including their teenage feelings of sex.
I had removed all periods, also had converted all periods in three sessions for a whole day, session before lunch, session after lunch and the third session for the games. I removed the teachers' chairs from the classrooms. The blackboards were not movable, could have been removed thus I told the teachers to use the blackboards minimum.
I turned the regular class systems into the four classifications.
Lower Primary (up to 1st standard)
Primary (from 2nd to 5th standard)
Upper Primary (6th & 7th standard) and
High School (8th and above standards)
I removed the systems of classes. There were only groups according to classifications. There was no class system. A student could have chosen a subject of his choice to read or could have chosen not reading any sub
ject. A student could have slept in the classroom, and a student could have played all day without opening a book. Students could have changed the subjects anytime and as many times as they wish in a day. Students could have chosen not to study but play games all day even for all week. Students could have chosen to sleep all day. Although there was a lunch hour, they could have had lunch anytime. No mandatory homework to the students but they could have asked home-work if they wanted it.
I motivated students to teach others. A student of the sixth standard could have taught eighth standard students if had more knowledge in the subject than them.
I wanted to explore the possibilities of self-discipline without using mechanical and forced discipline. Gradually, I started to motivate them for a system, they could evaluate their mistakes and weakness and could decide constructive punishments themselves. I formed a joint coordination body of teachers and students that could have recommended introspections to students, teachers and me.
I was trying to form a system, where, students do not need teachers, they only need teachers to assist them in need. They should not have monitored by others because they could observe themselves with more honesty and transparency.
I never had trust in the examinations, marking systems, examination paper systems, rank systems and other related issues; so I tried to explore a different method of evaluation.
For each student, there were four types of evaluations.
Evaluation by solving questions
Student's self-evaluation for himself/ herself on the subject
Assessment of the subject by other students of the class, based on mutual cooperations with stronger and weaker students of the subject
Continuous evaluation by the teacher of the student in the subject
Children were coming to school with enjoyment and were learning happily. The more than 95% students were coming to school daily. They were not scared of schools; they were enjoying school more than homes. Many parents became pleased with the progress of their children.
- The Cessation
I wanted these experiments continued for two years to become the inbuilt tradition by the students without needing teachers.
But I was there in the school only for some months. The contradictions between the school owners and me were increasing too high. I left the school after almost six months. Teachers and students wept for few days before I left the school. More than a hundred students gave me their personal feelings for me in writings, and I still have those as souvenirs. Teachers wrote their feelings in a diary; they gifted to me.
The experiments I worked very hard, but the school owners terminated all and moved to the systems of the other routine schools after I left the school. Many teachers left the school within a few months after I left. Sometimes I visited that town and villages staying in the houses with the parents of students and the families of teachers. Many of them are still in touch with me as my social family.
We need schools and education systems without the hidden Violence of Competitions and Egos of Comparative Superiority.
Tarun Jal Vidyapeeth (Tarun Water University), drug-addict students, in a village of Alwar, Rajasthan
I was invited by Rajendra Singh and Anupam Mishra in the first meeting for idea discussions; I was also invited to the first meet of the advisors. Laurent Fournier, a French architect, was the first director of the institute but he resigned after a couple of months. Gopal Singh became the director of the Tarun Jal Vidyapeeth.
I had initiated an idea of a community university, the Asha University with Dr Sandeep Pandey, Magsaysay recipient. According to my understanding, the society must have community universities and institutions. I liked the idea of Tarun Jal Vidyapeeth, TJV.
I joined Tarun Jal Vidyapeeth, TJV, Tarun Bharat Sangh, TBS as a faculty and the course coordinator for the founding year. TJV had courses for Diploma, Degree and Doctorate programmes. TJV got around 35 students for the founding year from various states of India including the northeastern states. Some students were not able to understand Hindi or English, and communication was challenging with them. But together, we all ran TJV very well.
It was a good experience in my life. I had an opportunity to work with Indian youths of various states/ languages/ age-groups, who did not understand my language but somehow we explored the methods for communicating with each other.
TJV was a non-conventional institute following non-conventional social-education systems. I taught them the theory of Water Engineering, Basic Mathematics, Basic Physics and Value Education.
I am teaching students in a class at TJV
- Drug-addict students and the experiment
We had students from t
he age of fifteen years to thirty-five years. Most of their families were hopeless for them, and this is why with hope for their future they sent them to us.
Many of students were smoking, using tobacco, drugs, GANJA (hashish) and alcohol. I took responsibility to motivate them for the social volunteering with self-control and feeling of brotherhood for all members of society. I started with forming the honest and heartily relationship with them. I motivated them to leave their drug-habits without giving them any anti-drug medicine.
For developing self-control, I motivated them not to use salt in food for at least one month. For mutual brotherhood, also motivating for the social ownership from the conditioning of individual ownership, I motivated them to clean each other's clothes and food plates even using study materials and other kinds of stuff with no personal ownership. After some time, they did not know, who owns what thus they were caring things as their own with the best efforts.
I left TJV in the founding year. TJV stopped to run residential study programmes some months after my departure from TJV. Some of the students of this unique batch are working on water issues with various organizations, some went for higher studies and some are self-employed. A few of them are working outside India. All of them are living a life with more politeness, honesty and with social responsibility.
Cooking food with some students at one of the field-campuses of TJV
“Shikshagram” (education-village) in Maharashtra
Amla Ruia wanted to establish a residential school with innovative ideas for children of financially weak and very wealthy families. She had the vision to create a harmony between poor and wealthy families children to make a better society. She visited with me many schools including the most expensive schools in India, my gratitude to her for these opportunities.
We wanted to establish a chain of self-sustained residential schools based on innovative education systems in all over India. As a pilot project, we tried to build a residential school in Maharashtra at one of the highways connecting Mumbai to other cities.
She arranged very costly land and millions of dollars for the construction of the school. But we had to stop this project uncompleted. It was a good idea, and we worked hard for it. But ....
Some photos are enclosed here of that project, photos are around ten years old. Please click on photos to enlarge photos.
Shikshagram
Bastar, Chhattisgarh: the Maoist violence region
Around nine or ten years ago, a PhD student with the New York University, USA, contacted me to work with us about one year as his field works for his research. His research guide suggested him to work with me, but that time I did not have essential assets, also, our efforts were too unorganised and zigzag, and we did not know what will happen the next day.
In Bastar, I did not work intensely for education although I tried to establish a residential school for indigenous and Maoist violence affected family's children. It took a few years to get promises of support from the people of Indian origin in abroad. The year I finalised a land for the residential school and was planning for the first stone foundation ceremony for the school, the Maoists killed the key person of this residential school project. The project was gone back completely. But after a couple of years, Om Prakash Chaudhary IAS joined as the district collector in Dantewada. He was a very enthusiastic person and constructed an education city in Dantewada; followed by the district collectors as KC Devasenapathi IAS and Saurabh Kumar IAS, who also made significant efforts for the education city and education for indigenous children.
I started to work in Dantewada, Bijapur and Sukama districts of Bastar region for the indigenous community around thirteen years ago. I had no network, no network even no acquaintance in Bastar. The day I was going to Dantewada from Raipur, a few days ago Maoists blasted a bus and killed many people in the area. But I decided to go, I reached Dantewada and stayed a couple of months there visiting many interior indigenous villages meeting the native people.
Those days, Maoist violence was at the peak with no organised police presence. No roads, no petrol pumps, no mobile networks, no organised markets.
I supported local communities for organic farming; many people did not know farming, we arranged training for them. I helped for Handloom units, Vegetable farming, Water harvesting structures, dairies and other. Because this article is based on Experiment on Education, thus I do not want to talk more about my works in Bastar. I am adding some photos to help you to understand a bit.
I started to work in Bastar when people were forced to live like this because of Maoist violence. There was no proper relief and rehabilitation program
Having food together creates a bond
Happy to see me, the bond
correlating myself with the villagers of the indigenous community
Sharing the ideas with them, in a village of Bijapur. around ten years ago
supported handloom for self-employment for indigenous people.
around ten years ago.
Supported water harvesting. A water harvesting structure. Without sustainable water system, agriculture cannot sustain.
Vegetable farming and marketing around ten years ago.
Learning about farming
One of the supported dairies
Cooking Food Together
Working with them
understanding their traditional technology
Eating together
Enjoying their traditions
Participation in the People's Movements and fasts
Following my strong will to understand the ground realities with practical experiences, I participated in various people's movements, local to the national. Sometimes I was beaten by police because of my active participation in social movements. I participated in people movements for social interests, not for personal benefits/vested interests or exploring opportunities for salaried jobs in NGOs or social organisations; I never took any grant or salary or reimbursement for participating in people's movements.
I participated in different types of foot marches from the period of two days to two months, covering hundreds of villages of different states in India meeting thousands of people of various communities.
To get experiences and for public interests, I did many individual and public fasts from three days to eighteen days. I tried to live without water and food for three days; I did not touch water for seventy-two hours to monitor the capacity of my body without taking even a drop of water. In eighteen days fast, I was travelling in densely crowded public buses and passenger trains, carrying a heavy bag, doing this I wanted to experience the stamina, strength, capacity and tolerance power of my body.
Other works for establishing the local community institutes
I recently went to a theater production of George Orwell’s ”1984” and also recently viewed the Ken Burns 10 episode documentary “The Vietnam War” on PBS. Although the Burns documentary was flawed in many respects, it was still well worth watching. I highly recommend that everybody watch it. It happens to be still running on PBS (one episode each Tuesday night in my Duluth, MN area).
Given the fact that the storylines of both the documentary and the play have relevance in our increasingly proto-fascist, increasingly militarized nation, I have decided to re-publish a slightly revised version of my April 4, 2017 Duty to Warn column about Orwell’s work of art and King’s critique of the Vietnam War.
The famous date “April 4th, 1984” appeared in one of the early pages of George Orwell’s most important novel (although the antifascist novel “Animal Farm” was in the same league as the antifascist novel “1984”). “1984” was published in 1949, and was a warning to readers about the continued threats to the world of a future totalitarian, corporatized, militarized police state – despite the defeat of Nazism in 1945. The novel was set in the fictional Oceania, once a thriving democracy which had been economically, structurally and morally torn apart by an atomic war that had started a perpetual world war. The date “April 4, 1984” was the first entry in the diary of Orwell’s main character, Winston Smith.
The previously free nation that he wrote about represented Great Britain and its allies forty years after the war had devastated the world, leaving it in a state with perpetual mind control and police state repression and torture and whose cruel and tyrannical elite (representing less than 1% of the population) ruled with an iron fist. The political system of Orwell’s Oceania was abbreviated INGSOC (short for English Socialism, which was obviously patterned after Hitler’s Nazi Party (short for National Socialism). The regime’s famous “doublethink” slogan was “War is Peace; Freedom is Slavery; Ignorance is Strength.” (to which I admit I once added: “Bush is President”.
Orwell was an avowed anti-fascist, for he had experienced true peace and yet had witnessed a world war and the rise of militarism, corporatism and fascism in post-World War I Italy, Germany and Spain.
He was particularly aware of powerful fascist movements in his homeland that involved Oswald Mosley and his 1930s nationalist political party: the British Union of Fascists and National Socialists. Orwell saw the efforts of Vidkun Quisling’s fascist political party in nearby Norway, the National Unity Party.
And Orwell may well have been aware of the foiled fascist coup d’etat attempt in 1933 that had been planned by America’s powerful, right-wing plutocrats that were afraid of Franklin Delano Roosevelt’s plan to correct America’s obscene wealth disparity following the stock market crash of 1929. These wealthy, greedy, anti-patriotic and anti-democratic (and therefore traitorous) elites had conspired to overthrow the liberal Roosevelt administration by military force shortly after Roosevelt’s inauguration (google“The Business Plot to Overthrow Roosevelt” to find out who the elite traitors were).
<<<Fascism is Alive and Well Despite Orwell’s and MLK’s Warnings>>>
So Orwell understood the symbiotic relationships between Big Business and the Military/Industrial/Police State Complex (ie, fascism, whose orchestrators may be either friendly or frowning), whether it was occurring in Germany, Japan, Israel, South Africa, South America, Egypt, Saudi Arabia or in the United States. These relationships are currently alive and well and are in play in many 21st century nations all around the world.
In 1936, knowing that he had to do something, Orwell joined the heroic anti-fascist Lincoln Brigade, along with many American idealists, and fought on the side of the pro-democracy forces in the civil war against the Spanish military dictator Francisco Franco. Interestingly, the Catholic Church supported the Catholic dictator and his brutal regime in the fight against the “godless” pro-democracy leftists (the same reason that the official Catholic Church in Germany supported the capitalist Hitler against the German Communist Party). In Spain’s killing fields, Orwell experienced the cruelty, carnage and futility of war up close and personal.
Witnessing the military devastation of future generations, the planet, the children and other living things during the war, he began writing 1984 right after Germany surrendered. The book was published in 1949. Tragically, Orwell died in 1950 before he could possibly appreciate how influential the book was.
<<<Big Brother in 1984 is the Same as the Deep State in 2017>>>
The protagonist of Orwell’s 1949 novel, Winston Smith, wrote the date “April 4, 1984” on the first page of his clandestine diary, fully realizing that the surveillance state he suffered under (called “Big Brother” in the novel) and in which he “lived” and worked would likely punish him, imprison him or even execute him if his act of defiance (writing a diary) was ever found out. To read some plot summaries of the novel, click on: http://www.imdb.com/title/tt0087803/plotsummary?ref_=tt_stry_pl.
<<<Some Pertinent Words of Wisdom from George Orwell>>>
[themify_quote]
“War against a foreign country only happens when the moneyed classes think they are going to profit from it.”
“During times of universal deceit, telling the truth becomes a revolutionary act.”
“The further a society drifts from the truth, the more it will hate those that speak it.”
“All that was required of them (i.e. the brain-washed masses) was a primitive patriotism which could be appealed to whenever it was necessary to make them accept longer working hours or shorter rations. And even when they became discontented, as they sometimes did, their discontent led nowhere, because, being without general ideas, they could only focus it on petty specific grievances. The larger evils invariably escaped their notice.” — 1984
[/themify_quote]
<<<April 4, 1968>>>
April 4, 2017, was the 49th anniversary of the execution of Martin Luther King, Jr. The assassination was orchestrated by un-identified – and therefore un-prosecuted – American Deep State assassins within (or hired by) the US government. The details of the plot to kill King have been documented in a number of books which have been successfully censored out of America’s consciousness and omitted from every officially-sanctioned history textbook.
For the real story of MLK’s murder, I recommend reading the book about the trial that the New York Times, the Washington Post and every other major media outlet in the US (!) black-balled – to their eternal shame. That jury trial posthumously exonerated James Earl Ray and identified some of the plotters. The book I am referring to is titled An Act of State: The Execution of Martin Luther King, Jr.
An Act of State was writtenby William Pepper, the attorney that prosecuted the case. During the trial, Pepper obtained a confession from one of the accomplices that was intimately involved in the murder. (An extended interview with the author is at https://ratical.org/ratville/JFK/WFP020403.pdf. And a video of one of Pepper’s many speeches on the topic is at: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=24-ALnvr4kM.)
<<<April 4, 1967>>>
Exactly one year before his assassination on April 4, 1968, King delivered a powerful speech to members of Clergy and Laity Concerned (condemning the war in Vietnam) at the Riverside Church in New York City. In that speech, King outlined many of the reasons that people of conscience like him – especially people of the Christian faith – needed to speak out against the atrocity-producing war in Vietnam.
That 1967 speech, much like the jury trial that proved that the United States government had framed James Earl Ray for the murder (thus proving complicity in the crime), was black-balled by the mainstream press. The speech was titled Beyond Vietnam: A Time to Break the Silence. It can be read in its entirety at http://www.hartford-hwp.com/archives/45a/058.html.
MLK’s deservedly-famous anti-war speech was intolerable to the United States Deep State, which included the US military-industrial complex, the assorted corporate war profiteers, (especially the weapons industries), the CIA and even the FBI (J. Edgar Hoover hated King and everything he stood for). Most observers of the civil rights and anti-war movements realized in retrospect that the speech represented the signing of King’s own death warrant.
The assassination – as was also true of the executions of Robert Kennedy two months later and the execution of Jack Kennedy five years earlier was secretly planned behind the many closed doors of Deep State functionaries. (The patsies in those two assassinations were Sirhan Sirhan and Lee Harvey Oswald, respectively.)
The patsy and perceived “white trash” James Earl Ray was falsely accused of the murder. Ray, under pressure and in solitary confinement was coerced to accept a plea bargain that was offered by a cunning Deep State-affiliated lawyer. It was a bargain that Ray eventually saw through and recanted of.
The documentation of this information is extensive, but in Deep State/Pentagon/NSA/CIA/FBI circles, and with corporate Big Media, Big Business, Big Banks and Big Weapons in control of almost everything, most of us are insufficiently aware of what they have been doing and are currently doing to those of us in the lower 99%. (Google “Mike Lofgren and the Deep State” or click on http://billmoyers.com/story/the-deep-state-2-0/ for more.)
Read the following words of wisdom from MLK and open your eyes to see what is happening to all those who are suffering and struggling to survive on our increasingly poisoned planet.
And then, in some way that matches with your abilities, please join the nonviolent anti-fascist resistance movement as aggressively as you are able – before we are faced with what George Orwell and Martin Luther King saw coming and what Winston Smith experienced.
Recall that Martin Luther King often said, “It may well be that the greatest tragedy of this period of social change is not the glaring noisiness of the so-called bad people, but the silence of the so-called good people.” That truism should inspire every person of conscience to speak out.
Below are some extended excerpts from King’s April 4, 1967 Riverside Church speech. Whenever you read the word “Vietnam”, mentally insert Wounded Knee, Dresden, Tokyo, Hiroshima, Nagasaki, Korea, Guatemala, El Salvador, Nicaragua, East Timor, Haiti, Somalia, Sudan, Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya, Yemen, Syria, Niger, or any of the other scores of “targets” where US military forces (including Air Force, Navy, Army, Marine or their special commando units) have cavalierly drone-bombed or otherwise annihilated innocent civilians – and then the guilty parties experienced no remorse, guilt or war crimes indictments for doing so. (Note: it is usually only much later, after the combat mission is over, that remorse and guilt of those in the killing fields will strike the individual soldier who may only have been obeying the orders to kill from his or her equally guilty superiors.)
<<<Some Pertinent Words of Wisdom from Martin Luther King>>>
[pullquote align=”normal”]“The church must be reminded that it is not the master or the servant of the state, but rather the conscience of the state. It must be the guide and the critic of the state, and never its tool. If the church does not recapture its prophetic zeal, it will become an irrelevant social club without moral or spiritual authority.” “If America’s soul becomes totally poisoned, part of the autopsy must read: Vietnam. It can never be saved so long as it destroys the deepest hopes of men the world over.” “We are called to speak for the weak, for the voiceless, for the victims of our nation and for those it calls ‘enemy’, for no document from human hands can make these humans any less our brothers.” “As I ponder the madness of Vietnam and search within myself for ways to understand and respond in compassion, my mind goes constantly to the people of that peninsula. I speak now not of the soldiers of each side, not of the ideologies of the Liberation Front, not of the junta in Saigon, but simply of the people who have been living under the curse of war for almost three continuous decades now. I think of them, too, because it is clear to me that there will be no meaningful solution there until some attempt is made to know them and hear their broken cries.” “They must see Americans as strange liberators. The Vietnamese people proclaimed their own independence in 1945, after a combined French and Japanese occupation and before the communist revolution in China. They were led by Ho Chi Minh. Even though they quoted the American Declaration of Independence in their own document of freedom, we refused to recognize them. Instead, we decided to support France in its re-conquest of her former colony”. “Now they languish under our bombs and consider us, not their fellow Vietnamese, the real enemy. They move sadly and apathetically as we herd them off the land of their fathers into concentration camps where minimal social needs are rarely met. They know they must move on or be destroyed by our bombs.” “So they go, primarily women and children and the aged. They watch as we poison their water, as we kill a million acres of their crops. They must weep as the bulldozers roar through their areas preparing to destroy the precious trees. They wander into the hospitals with at least twenty casualties from American firepower for one Vietcong-inflicted injury. So far we may have killed a million of them, mostly children. They wander into the towns and see thousands of the children, homeless, without clothes, running in packs on the streets like animals. They see the children degraded by our soldiers as they beg for food. They see the children selling their sisters to our soldiers, soliciting for their mothers.” “What do they think as we test out our latest weapons on them, just as the Germans tested out new medicine and new tortures in the concentration camps of Europe? “We have destroyed their two most cherished institutions: the family and the village. We have destroyed their land and their crops. We have cooperated in the crushing of the nation’s only noncommunist revolutionary political force, the unified Buddhist Church. We have supported the enemies of the peasants of Saigon. We have corrupted their women and children and killed their men. “Now there is little left to build on, save bitterness. Soon the only solid physical foundations remaining will be found at our military bases and in the concrete of the concentration camps we call ‘fortified hamlets.'” [/pullquote]
In Las Vegas on 1 October 2017, it appears that one man (although it might have been more) killed 59 people and shot and injured another 241 (with almost 300 more injured while fleeing). The incident got a lot of publicity, partly because the man managed to kill more people than most mass killers. However, because the killer was a white American and had a Christian name, he was not immediately labeled a terrorist, even though his death toll considerably exceeded that achieved in many ‘terrorist attacks’, including those that occur in war zones (such as US drone murders of innocent people attending weddings).
According to the Gun Violence Archive, there is now an average of one mass shooting (arbitrarily defined by the FBI as a shooting in which at least four victims are shot) each day in the USA. By any measure, this is a national crisis.
However, while there has been a flood of commentary on the incident, including suggestions about what might be done in response based on a variety of analyses of the cause, none that I have read explain the underlying cause of all these mass killings. And if we do not understand this, then any other suggestions, whatever their apparent merits, can have little impact.
The suggestions made so far in response to this massacre include the following:
Making it much more difficult, perhaps even illegal, to own a gun. See ‘Guns’.
Recognizing the way in which these incidents are encouraged by national elites and are sometimes, in fact, false flag attacks used as a means to justify the consolidation of elite social control (through such measures as increased state surveillance and new restrictions on human rights).
Limiting the ways in which violence, especially military violence, is used as entertainment and education, and thus culturally glorified in ways that encourage imitation. See ‘People Don’t Kill People, Americans Kill People’.
However, as indicated above, while these and other suggestions, including certain educational initiatives, sound attractive as options for possibly preventing/mitigating some incidents in future, they do not address the cause of violence in this or any other context and so widespread violence both in the United States and around the world will continue.
So why does someone become a mass killer?
Human socialization is essentially a process of inflicting phenomenal violence on children until they think and behave as the key adults – particularly their parents, teachers and religious figures – around them want, irrespective of the functionality of this thought and behavior in evolutionary terms. This is because virtually all adults prioritize obedience over all other possible behaviors and they delusionarily believe that they ‘know better’ than the child.
The idea that each child is the only one of their kind in all of living creation in Earth’s history and, therefore, has a unique destiny to fulfill, never even enters their mind. So, instead of nurturing that unique destiny so that the child fully becomes the unique Self that evolution created, adults terrorize each child into becoming just another more-or-less identical cog in the giant machine called ‘human society’.
Before I go any further, you might wonder if the expression ‘phenomenal violence?’ isn’t too strong. So let me explain.
From the moment of birth, human adults inflict violence on the child. This violence occurs in three categories: visible, ‘invisible’ and ‘utterly invisible’. Visible violence is readily identified: it is the (usually) physical violence that occurs when someone is hit (with a hand or weapon), kicked, shaken, held down or punished in any other way. See ‘Punishment is Violent and Counterproductive’.
But what is this ‘invisible’ and ‘utterly invisible’ violence that is inflicted on us mercilessly, and has a profoundly damaging impact, from the day we are born?
In essence, ‘invisible’ violence is the ‘little things’ we do every day, partly because we are just ‘too busy’. For example, when we do not allow time to listen to, and value, a child’s thoughts and feelings, the child learns to not listen to themSelf thus destroying their internal communication system. When we do not let a child say what they want (or ignore them when they do), the child develops communication and behavioural dysfunctionalities as they keep trying to meet their own needs (which, as a basic survival strategy, they are genetically programmed to do).
When we blame, condemn, insult, mock, embarrass, shame, humiliate, taunt, goad, guilt-trip, deceive, lie to, bribe, blackmail, moralize with and/or judge a child, we both undermine their sense of Self-worth and teach them to blame, condemn, insult, mock, embarrass, shame, humiliate, taunt, goad, guilt-trip, deceive, lie, bribe, blackmail, moralize and/or judge.
The fundamental outcome of being bombarded throughout their childhood by this ‘invisible’ violence is that the child is utterly overwhelmed by feelings of fear, pain, anger and sadness (among many others). However, parents, teachers and other adults also actively interfere with the expression of these feelings and the behavioural responses that are naturally generated by them and it is this ‘utterly invisible’ violence that explains why the dysfunctional behavioural outcomes actually occur.
For example, by ignoring a child when they express their feelings, by comforting, reassuring or distracting a child when they express their feelings, by laughing at or ridiculing their feelings, by terrorizing a child into not expressing their feelings (e.g. by screaming at them when they cry or get angry), and/or by violently controlling a behaviour that is generated by their feelings (e.g. by hitting them, restraining them or locking them into a room), the child has no choice but to unconsciously suppress their awareness of these feelings.
However, once a child has been terrorized into suppressing their awareness of their feelings (rather than being allowed to have their feelings and to act on them) the child has also unconsciously suppressed their awareness of the reality that caused these feelings. This has many outcomes that are disastrous for the individual, for society and for nature because the individual will now easily suppress their awareness of the feelings that would tell them how to act most functionally in any given circumstance and they will progressively acquire a phenomenal variety of dysfunctional behaviours, including many that are violent towards themselves, others and/or the Earth.
Moreover, this emotional (or psychological) damage will lead to a unique combination of violent behaviours in each case and, depending on the precise combination of violence to which they are subjected, some of them will become what I call ‘archetype perpetrators of violence’; that is, people so emotionally damaged that they end up completely devoid of a Self and with a psychological profile similar to Hitler’s.
These archetype perpetrators of violence are all terrified, self-hating and powerless but, in fact, they have 23 identifiable psychological characteristics constituting their ‘personality’. For a full explanation of this particular psychological profile, see ‘Why Violence?’ and ‘Fearless Psychology and Fearful Psychology: Principles and Practice’. Of course, few perpetrators of violence fit the archetype, but all perpetrators are full of (suppressed) terror, self-hatred and powerlessness and this is fundamental to understanding their violence as explained in ‘Why Violence?’
Rather than elaborate further in this article why these perpetrators behave as they do (which you can read on the documents just mentioned), let me explain why the suggestions made by others above in relation to gun and drug control, socioeconomic factors, ideological/religious connections, constitutional and legal shortcomings, resisting efforts to consolidate elite social control, and revised education and entertainment programs can have little impact if undertaken in isolation from the primary suggestion I will make below.
Once someone is so emotionally damaged that they are effectively devoid of the Self that should have defined their unique personality, then they will be the endless victim of whatever violence is directed at them. This simply means that they will have negligible capacity to deal powerfully with any difficult life circumstances and personal problems (and, for example, to resist doctors prescribing pharmaceutical drugs), they will be gullibly influenced by violent ideologies, education and entertainment, and they will have virtually no capacity to work creatively to resolve the conflicts (both personal and structural) in their life but will do what was modeled to them as a child in any effort to do so: use violence.
And by now you have probably realized that I am not just talking about the mass killers that I started discussing at the beginning of this article. I am also talking about the real mass killers: those politicians, military leaders and weapons corporation executives, and all those other corporate executives, who inflict mass violence on life itself, as well as those others, such as academics and those working in corporate media outlets, that support and justify this violence. This includes, to specify just one obvious example, all of those US Senators and Congresspeople who resist implementing gun control laws. See ‘Thoughts and Prayers and N.R.A. Funding’.
In essence then, if the child suffers enough of this visible, invisible and utterly invisible violence, they will grow up devoid of the Selfhood – including the love, compassion, empathy, morality and integrity – that is their birthright and the foundation of their capacity to behave powerfully in all contexts without the use of violence.
Instead, they will become a perpetrator of violence, to a greater or lesser extent, and may even seek employment in those positions that encourage them to support and/or inflict violence legally, such as a police or prison officer, a lawyer or judge – see ‘The Rule of Law: Unjust and Violent’ – a soldier who fights in war or a Congressperson who supports it, or even an employee in a corporation that profits from violence and exploitation. See ‘Profit Maximization is Easy: Invest in Violence’.
In addition, most individuals will inflict violence on the climate and environment, all will inflict violence on children, and some will inflict violence in those few ways that are actually defined as ‘illegal’, such as mass killings.
But if we don’t see the mass killers as the logical, if occasional, outcome of (unconsciously) violent parenting, then we will never even begin to address the problem at its source. And we are condemned to suffer violence, in all of its manifestations, until we inevitably drive ourselves to extinction through nuclear war or climate/environmental collapse.
If you are looking for a lead on this from political leaders, you are wasting your time. Similarly, there are precious few professionals, particularly in the medical and psychiatric industries – see ‘Defeating the Violence of Psychiatry’ – who have any idea how to respond meaningfully (assuming they even have an interest in doing so). So why not be your own judge and consider making ‘My Promise to Children’?
In summary then: For the typical human adult, it is better to endlessly inflict violence on a child to coerce them to obey. Of course, once the child has been terrorized into this unthinking obedience, they won’t just obey the parents and teachers (secular and religious) who terrorized them: they will also obey anyone else who orders them to do something. This will include governments, military officers and terrorist leaders who order them to kill (or pay taxes to kill) people they do not know in foreign countries, employers who order them to submit to the exploitation of themselves and others, not to mention a vast array of other influences (particularly corporations) who will have little trouble manipulating them into behaving unethically and without question (even regarding consumer purchases).
Or, to put it another way: For the typical human adult, it is better to endlessly inflict violence on a child to coerce them to obey and to then watch the end-products of this violence – obedient, submissive children who are powerless to question their parents and teachers, resist the entreaties of drug pushers, and critique the propaganda of governments, corporations and the military as well as the media, education and entertainment industries – spiral endlessly out of control: wars, massive exploitation, ecological destruction, slavery, mass killings…. And to then wonder ‘Why?’
For these terrorized humans, cowardly powerlessness is the state they have been trained to accept, while taking whatever material distractions are thrown their way as compensation. So they pass on this state to their children by terrorizing them into submission too. Powerfully accepting responsibility to fulfill their own unique destiny, and serve society by doing so, is beyond them.
The great tragedy of human life is that virtually no-one values the awesome power of the individual Self with an integrated mind (that is, a mind in which memory, thoughts, feelings, sensing, conscience and other functions work together in an integrated way) because this individual will be decisive in choosing life-enhancing behavioural options (including those at variance with social laws and norms) and will fearlessly resist all efforts to control or coerce them with violence.
Gandhi Jayanti – 2 October, the date of Mohandas K. Gandhi’s birth in 1869 and the International Day of Nonviolence – offers an opportunity to reflect on human violence and to ponder ways to end it. There may be a fast way to end human violence but, if there is, Gandhi did not know it. Nor do I. Nor does anyone else that I have read or asked either. But this does not mean there is no way to end human violence.
Human violence has a cause. See ‘Why Violence?’ and ‘Fearless Psychology and Fearful Psychology: Principles and Practice’. It has many manifestations. And it can be ended. But if this is to happen, then many of us must make the commitment to work towards that end. This is because, as Gandhi noted: ‘The future depends on what we do in the present.’
In other words, if human violence is to end, it will happen because individuals and organizations commit themselves to joining the effort to do so. Here is a sample of individuals around the world who have made that commitment, each in their own unique way. You are invited to join them.
HRH Prince Simbwa Joseph was born to a Ugandan Royal Family in Kampala. He abhors violence and is involved in many charities for helping those in need, as well as human rights organisations. He is currently manager of Nsambu and Company Advocates – a law firm and one of the oldest legal chambers in Uganda and East Africa, having been established in 1970. Among other engagements, he is also president of the African Federation Association in Uganda, which is a member of the World Federalist Movement Institute for Global policy. Following negotiations with Prince Simbwa as project manager in 2014, and involving the Ugandan Vice-President in launching the project, the World Sustainability Fund and its partners agreed to provide €1.5m to launch the AFA-WFM permanent office in Kampala in support of efforts to assist Uganda to achieve the UN Millennium Development Goals. In Prince Simbwa’s words: ‘Today the world is on tension due to so many things in social, economic, political disparities and pending nuclear wars. We are concerned as global citizens because if violence or war escalates those whom we call “Nalumanya ne Salumanya” in our local Luganda language (literally meaning “those concerned and less concerned”) shall be trapped equally…. Anti-apartheid icon Nelson Mandela and elder statesman appealed to the world during his lifetime to reinvent Indian freedom fighter Mahatma Gandhi’s nonviolent approach to solving conflicts.’
Lily Thapa is the inspirational founder president, in 1994, of Women for Human Rights, single women group (WHR) in Nepal. WHR is an NGO ‘dedicated to creating an active network of single women on a regional, national and international level. By working exclusively with and for them, WHR is dedicated to addressing the rights of single women and creating a just and equitable society where the lives of single women are strengthened and empowered.’ Rejecting the label ‘widow’, WHR ‘issued a national declaration to use the term “single women” instead of “widow”. The word “widow” (“Bidhwa” in Nepali) carries negativity and disdainful societal views which leaves many single women feeling humiliated and distressed.’ Working to empower women economically, politically, socially and culturally in order to live dignified lives and enjoy the value of human rights, WHR works at the grassroots, district, regional, national, South Asian and international levels. Lily has pointed out that there are ‘285 million single women in the world, among them 115 million fall below the poverty line and 38 million conflict-affected single women have no access to justice; these women are last.’ You can read more about Lily and WHR’s monumental efforts on their website. Recently, Lily was awarded the South Asian ‘Dayawati Modi Stree Shakti Samman’, which is ‘presented annually to a woman who has dared to dream and has the capability to translate that dream into reality’.
John McKenna’s commitment is to end discrimination in all of its forms against those with disabilities. In one recent article, the Australian surveyed the value of recent disability-mitigating technologies becoming available. In his thoughtful article ‘What’s App?’ he assessed the value of technologies that, for example, assist people who are blind, people who have problems with speech, and people with disabilities who are getting older.
In a nonviolent action to draw attention to the horror of drone murders, US grandmother Joy First was one of four nonviolent activists arrested at the Wisconsin Air National Guard Base (Volk Field) during one of the monthly vigils (held for over five years now) by Wisconsin Coalition to Ground the Drones and End the Wars. Volk Field is a critical component of the drone warfare program being conducted by the US government in a number of countries in the Middle East and Africa. At Volk Field personnel are trained to operate the RQ-7 Shadow Drone, which has been used for reconnaissance, surveillance, and target acquisition. You can read more about drone warfare and resistance to it in Joy’s highly informative article ‘Four Citizen Activists Arrested at Volk Field as they Attempt to Identify the Base as a Crime Scene’.
Father Nithiya is the National Programme Coordinator of the Association of Franciscan Families of India (AFFI). Their inspirational work is focused on two campaigns: the Violence of Extreme poverty and hunger and the Right to Food Campaign, as well as the National Campaign to Stop Violence Against Women. In relation to the latter campaign, AFFI has released a DVD and a booklet as a result of a four day intensive national consultation and training organised by them in 2016. Through their vast network of educational, social and medical ministries, AFFI has committed itself to stopping violence against women using various strategies all over the country, especially through their schools and colleges. Identifying ten types of violence against women – gender selection, female foeticide, child marriage, child abuse, harassment at work, prostitution and trafficking, domestic violence and Eve teasing, child labour, effects of alcoholism of men, and unemployment and underemployment of women – the DVD and booklet include analytical data, information about the legal framework and redress mechanisms. The aim is to empower women for their safety and security. Fr. Nithiya has given seminars to teachers and students to raise awareness of how they can stop any form of violence against women in their personal life, in their families, communities and society at large. The aim is to make these AFFI resources available in various Indian languages.
In one of her many engagements, Nobel Peace laureate Mairead Maguire from Northern Ireland continues her ongoing solidarity work in support of the Rohingya, the ethnic group in Burma currently suffering the genocidal assault of the Burmese government and its military forces, the Tatmadaw. In a recent evocative appeal to their fellow laureate Aung San Suu Kyi, signed by Mairead and four other laureates, they asked ‘How many Rohingya have to die; how many Rohingya women will be raped; how many communities will be razed before you raise your voice in defence of those who have no voice? Your silence is not in line with the vision of “democracy” for your country that you outlined to us, and for which we all supported you over the years.’ See ‘Five Nobel Laureates urge Aung San Suu Kyi to defend Rohingya Muslims’.
So if you would like to join the individuals above, as well as those individuals and organizations in 101 countries who have made the commitment to work to end human violence, you can do so by signing the online pledge of ‘The People’s Charter to Create a Nonviolent World’ which, thanks to Antonio Gutiérrez Rodero in Venezuela, is also available in Spanish.
If you also subscribe to Gandhi’s belief that ‘Earth provides enough to satisfy every [person’s] needs, but not every [person’s] greed’, then you might consider participating in ‘The Flame Tree Project to Save Life on Earth’ which he inspired as well.
And if you wish to use nonviolence, as Gandhi developed and employed it, for your campaign or liberation struggle, you will be given clear guidance on how to do so on these websites that draw heavily on his work: Nonviolent Campaign Strategy and Nonviolent Defense/Liberation Strategy.
Will enough people make the commitment to end human violence? Will you? As Gandhi warns us, fear of inadequate outcomes is no excuse for inaction: ‘You may never know what results come of your actions, but if you do nothing there will be no results.’
For those of us committed to systematically reducing and, one day, ending human violence, it is vital to understand what is causing and driving it so that effective strategies can be developed for dealing with violence in its myriad contexts. For an understanding of the fundamental cause of violence, see ‘Why Violence?’
However, while we can tackle violence at its source by each of us making and implementing ‘My Promise to Children’, the widespread violence in our world is driven by just one factor: fear or, more accurately, terror. And I am not talking about jihadist terror or even the terror caused by US warmaking. Let me explain, starting from the beginning.
The person who is fearless has no use for violence and has no trouble achieving their goals, including their own defence, without it. But fearlessness is a state that few humans would claim. Hence violence is rampant.
Moreover, once someone is afraid, they will be less likely to perceive the truth behind the delusions with which they are presented. They will also be less able to access and rely on other mental functions, such as conscience and intelligence, to decide their course of action in any context. Worse still, the range of their possible responses to perceived threats will be extremely limited. And they will be more easily mobilised to support or even participate in violence, in the delusional belief that this will make them safe.
For reasons such as these, it is useful for political and corporate elites to keep us in a state of fear: social control is much easier in this context. But so is profit maximization. And the most profitable enterprise on the planet is violence. In essence then: more violence leads to more fear making it easier to gain greater social control to inflict more violence…. And starting early, by terrorizing children, is the most efficient way to initiate and maintain this cycle. See ‘Why Violence?’ and ‘Fearless Psychology and Fearful Psychology: Principles and Practice’.
So, for example, if you think the massive number of police killings of innocent civilians in the United States – see ‘Killed by Police’ and ‘The Counted: People killed by police in the US’ – is a problem, you are not considering it from the perspective of maintaining elite social control and maximizing corporate profit. Police killings of innocent civilians is just one (necessary) part of the formula for maintaining control and maximising profit.
This is because if you want to make a lot of money in this world, then killing or exploiting fellow human beings and destroying the natural world are the three most lucrative business enterprises on the planet. And we are now very good at it, as the record shows, with the planetary death toll from violence and exploitation now well over 100,000 human beings each day, 200 species driven to extinction each day and ecological destruction so advanced that the end of all life (not just human life) on Earth is postulated to occur within decades, if not sooner, depending on the scenario. See, for example, ‘The End of Being: Abrupt Climate Change One of Many Ecological Crises Threatening to Collapse the Biosphere’.
So what forms does this violence take? Here is a daily accounting.
Corporate capitalist control of national economies, held in place by military violence, kills vast numbers of people (nearly one million each week) by starving them to death in Africa, Asia and Central/South America. This is because this ‘economic’ system is designed and managed to allocate resources for military weapons and corporate profits for the wealthy, instead of resources for living.
Wars kill, wound and incapacitate a substantial number of civilians, mostly women and children, as do genocidal assaults, on a daily basis, in countries all over the planet. Wars also kill some soldiers and mercenaries.
Apart from those people we kill every day, we sell many women and children into sexual slavery, we kidnap children to terrorise them into becoming child soldiers and force men, women and children to work as slave labourers, in horrific conditions, in fields and factories (and buy the cheap products of their exploited labour as our latest ‘bargain’).
We condemn millions of people to live in poverty, homelessness and misery, even in industrialized countries where the refugees of western-instigated wars and climate-destroying policies are often treated with contempt. We cause many children to be born with grotesque genetic deformities because we use horrific weapons, like those with depleted uranium, on their parents. We also inflict violence on women and children in many other forms, ranging from ‘ordinary’ domestic violence to genital mutilation.
We ensnare and imprison vast numbers of people in the police-legal-prison complex. See ‘The Rule of Law: Unjust and Violent’. We pay the pharmaceutical industry and its handmaiden, psychiatry, to destroy our minds with drugs and electro-shocking. See ‘Defeating the Violence of Psychiatry’. We imprison vast numbers of children in school in the delusional belief that this is good for them. See ‘Do We Want School or Education?’ And we kill or otherwise exploit animals, mostly for human consumption, in numbers so vast the death toll is probably beyond calculation.
We also engage in an endless assault on the Earth’s biosphere. Apart from the phenomenal damage done to the environment and climate by military violence: we emit gases and pollutants to heat and destroy the atmosphere and destroy its oxygen content. We cut down and burn rainforests. We cut down mangroves and woodlands and pave grasslands. We poison the soil with herbicides and pesticides. We pollute the waterways and oceans with everything from carbon and nitrogenous fertilizers to plastic, as well as the radioactive contamination from Fukushima. And delude ourselves that our token gestures to remedy this destruction constitutes ‘conservation’.
So if you are seeking work, whether as a recent graduate or long-term unemployed person, then the most readily available form of work, where you will undoubtedly be exploited as well, is a government bureaucracy or large corporation that inflicts violence on life itself. Whether it is the military, the police, legal or prison system, a weapons, fossil fuel, banking, pharmaceutical, media, mining, agricultural, logging, food or water corporation, a farm that exploits animals or even a retail outlet that sells poisonous, processed and often genetically-mutilated substances under the label ‘food’ – see ‘Defeating the Violence in Our Food and Medicine’ – you will have many options to help add to the profits of those corporations and government ‘services’ that exist to inflict violence on you, your family and every other living being that shares this biosphere.
Tragically, genuinely ethical employment is a rarity because most industries, even those that seem benign like the education, finance, information technology and electronics industries, usually end up providing skilled personnel, finance, services or components that are used to inflict violence. And other industries such as those in insurance and superannuation, like the corporate banks, usually invest in violence (such as the military and fossil fuel industries): it is the most profitable.
So while many government bureaucracies and corporate industries exist to inflict violence, in one form or another, they can only do so because we are too scared to insist on seeking out ethical employment. In the end, we will take a job as a teacher, corporate journalist or pharmaceutical drug pusher, serve junk food, work in a bank, join the police or military, work in the legal system, assemble a weapons component… rather than ask ourselves the frightening questions ‘Is this nonviolent? Is this ethical? Does it enhance life?’
And yes, I know about structural violence and the way it limits options and opportunities for those of particular classes, races, genders…. But if ordinary people like us don’t consider moral issues and make moral choices, why should governments and corporations?
Moral choices? you might ask in confusion. In this day and age? Well, it might seem old-fashioned but, in fact, while most of us have been drawn along by the events in our life to make choices based on such considerations as self-interest, personal gain and ‘financial security’, there is a deeper path. Remember Gandhi? ‘True morality consists not in following the beaten track, but in finding the true path for ourselves, and fearlessly following it.’
Strange words they no doubt sound in this world where our attention is endlessly taken by all of those high-tech devices. But Gandhi’s words remind us that there is something deeper in life that the violence we have suffered throughout our lives has taken from us. The courage to be ourselves and to seek our own unique destiny.
Do you have this courage? To be yourself, rather than a cog in someone else’s machine? To refuse to submit to the violence that surrounds and overwhelms us on a daily basis?
If you are inclined to ponder these questions, you might also consider making moral choices that work systematically to end the violence in our world: consider participating in ‘The Flame Tree Project to Save Life on Earth’, signing the online pledge of ‘The People’s Charter to Create a Nonviolent World’ and/or helping to develop and implement an effective strategy to resist one or the other of the many threats to our survival using the strategic framework explained in Nonviolent Campaign Strategy.
Of course, these choices aren’t for everyone. As Gandhi observed: ‘Cowards can never be moral.’
“It is dangerous to be right in matters on which the established authorities are wrong.” – Voltaire
“If you offend the powers that be; if you offend the public health establishments; if you offend the pharmaceutical industry and threaten their bottom line (as we did by calling into question the safety of MMR [and later all the other vaccines that contain brain-toxic, mitochondrial-toxic and blood-brain barrier-toxic ingredients like aluminum and mercury – ed note]) there is no price that you will not pay. You will be destroyed in order to protect their bottom line.” – Dr Andrew Wakefield
“Anything that implies that immunizations are not the greatest medical advance in the history of public health is ignored or ridiculed. Can you imagine the economic and political import of discovering that immunizations are killing (or maiming)thousands of babies?” — Dr William C. Douglass, MD (Honored twice as America’s ‘Doctor of the Year’)
“I was told by a network executive that during non-election years up to 70% of his news division’s revenues are from pharmaceutical corporation’s advertising. That executive told me that if one of his talk show hosts allowed me on the air, he would fire that host. Losing an advertiser is a major catastrophe for a network.” – Robert F. Kennedy, Jr (an outspoken critic of mercury-laced vaccines)
“It is difficult to get a man to understandsomething, when his salary depends upon his not understanding it!” – Upton Sinclair, anti-fascist, anti-imperialist American author
Definitions:
“The Semmelweis Reflex (aka, the ‘Semmelweis Effect’): the reflex-like tendency to reject new evidence or new knowledge because it contradicts established norms, beliefs or paradigms.” — Semmelweis Society International (http://semmelweis.org/)
Cognitive Dissonance:the psychological discomfort that happens when one’s deeply held beliefs or assumptions are contradicted by new information.
Clinical Iatrogenesis: The injury done to patients by an ineffective, toxic or unsafe drug or surgical treatment.
When I was in medical school, one of the memorable lessons that I learned from the few lectures that I received on the history of medicine was the sad story of what happened to Ignaz Semmelweis (1818 – 1865), a young physician who practiced obstetrics in Vienna, Austria. Semmelweis died before his time after he was hounded out of his medical career (and out of Vienna) by close-minded establishment physician “colleagues” who refused to believe what Semmelweis had repeatedly proven to them: that the enormously high mortality rate of Vienna’s obstetric patients (from “childbed fever”) was caused by the older physician’s failure to wash their hands prior to examining and/or delivering their pregnant patients. In effect, Semmelweis was accusing them of being guilty of fatal “doctor-caused” (ie: iatrogenic) diseases.
Up until Louis Pasteur formulated the germ theory of infectious disease it was not unusual for physicians to go directly to the delivery room from the autopsy room while in the middle of dissecting freshly dead, often infected bodies while trying to determine the cause of death. Many of the corpses were the doctor’s own septic OB patients who came into the hospital healthy, and ended up dead because of an iatrogenic infection in the immediate post-partum period. Often the babies died or were sickened as well.
Semmelweis had noted that in the obstetric service of the female midwives (at the same hospital) the mortality rate for childbed fever was far lower than the OB service that was under the control of the male physicians. Midwives were gentler practitioners, more aware of the importance of good hygiene and far less likely to do pelvic exams; and they also did not do autopsies. At the time, women in labor were admitted to the two services on an alternating basis, but the mortality rates were well known in the community, and patients in the know often refused to be admitted to the physician services, preferring to deliver in the street had a low mortality rate.
So after considering the range of possibilities that might explain the higher mortality rate in the physician-controlled OB service, it was obvious to Semmelweis that the probable cause was the lack of physician hand-washing. Semmelweis set out to prove his thesis.
<<<<Proving that Childbed Fever was an Iatrogenic Disease was Fatal for Semmelweis>>>
It didn’t take him long to prove the connection. He did the obvious simple experiment that proved to him (and many other unbiased observers) that his theory was correct. He simply had his group of forward-thinking obstetric physicians that were under his supervision wash their hands with a chlorinated antiseptic solution prior to examining or delivering their patients. The incidence of childbed fever dropped dramatically down to the same rate experienced by the patients of the midwives, thus proving that childbed fever was an iatrogenic disease.
But instead of being celebrated by his colleagues for his life-saving discovery (which he repeated enough times to convince anybody with an open mind about the truth of the matter), Semmelweis was ignored, denigrated and eventually driven out of town for being impertinent enough to have pointed out that the esteemed physicians of his otherwise honorable profession had been responsible for the deaths and sicknesses of the pregnant women in their care.
It took many years after Semmelweis’s death for medicine to recognize the importance of his discovery and to give him the posthumous honor he deserved. It was another century before the term “The Semmelweis Effect” came into existence.
<<<Aggressive Blood-letting and George Washington’s Death>>>
It hadn’t been very many decades prior to Semmelweis’s discovery that blood-letting (opening veins to bleed patients) was an approved treatment for any number of illnesses for which physicians had no cures. I recall learning that repeated blood-lettings were administered to George Washington by his trusted physician, Dr Benjamin Rush (who was later to be celebrated as the “Father of American Psychiatry” – and whose likeness is proudly used as the symbol of the American Psychiatric Association).
Dr Rush, a co-signer of the Declaration of Independence, believed fervently in blood-letting for many of his patients, and he had persisted in bleeding Washington until he died of blood loss and shock. In other words, an iatrogenic disorder killed the first president of the United States – and very likely many others in that era as well.
One can only imagine the wrath directed at any upstart physician (or an unlucky patient’s family) who had the temerity of questioning the effectiveness of the treatment. Dr Rush of course was never accused of medical malpractice since medical knowledge had not progressed sufficiently to reveal that such “treatments” were counterproductive. Also, there was probably no Semmelweis around to point out the folly of such barbaric approaches to sick patients.
<<<Galileo Galilei was Also a Victim of the “Semmelweis Effect”>>>
Two centuries before Semmelweis, and long after his death, Galileo Galilei (1564-1642) was honored with the titles of both the “Father of Observational Astronomy” and the “Father of Modern Physics”. (One wonders if he ever observed an eclipse of the sun or moon.) It could be said that he was a victim of the Semmelweis Effect. He surely caused a lot of cognitive dissonance among his close-minded, indoctrinated clerical critics.
This original thinker, philosopher, scientist and mathematician had proved beyond a doubt that the earth revolved around the sun – rather than the other way around, which was the archaic interpretation of some of the stories in the Old Testament. The impertinence of this scientist to dispute long-held religious beliefs incensed religious authoritarians who had been indoctrinated into believing the ancient teachings that the sun revolved around the earth. Anyone saying otherwise was a damnable heretic that deserved punishment – and so Galileo was condemned by the church to house arrest, a punishment that continued for the remainder of his life.
<<<Andrew Wakefield and the Semmelweis Effect>>>
Galileo and Semmelweis were treated the same way that Dr Andrew Wakefield was treated a generation ago when he proved that the same strain of live measles virus that was in GlaxoSmithKline’s MMR vaccine was found in the infected bowels of a series of severely regressed autism patients, all of whom had been suffering with severe abdominal pain and chronic diarrhea soon after they each one had been injected with GSK’s live virus MMR shot (findings which, by the way, have been replicated a number of times by other independent researchers).
Dr Wakefield and his 11 co-authors in the research group weren’t really trying to make the point that the new syndrome they were researching was an iatrogenic disorder, but that is how many of the perpetrators understood it. The series of victims of the MMR shot all had severe, chronic, measles virus enterocolitis and they were all also severely regressed autism patients that had been normal children prior to the MMR inoculations. And because Wakefield defended the study’s findings after it was peer-reviewed and then published in The Lancet (and was then celebrated by the thousands of British parents whose autistic spectrum-afflicted children had suffered similar vaccine-induced disorders), he was hounded mercilessly by the pharmaceutical giant GSK, Rupert Murdoch yellow journalism media empire (Murdoch’s son sat on the board of GSK) and ultimately the Big Pharma-complicit medical establishment that combined to hound him out of his home country of England.
Similarly, Semmelweis was driven out of Austria to his Hungarian homeland, where he was met with similar hostility when he continued to promulgate his findings. Some of his forward-thinking students published journal articles that supported his thesis. And open-minded physicians elsewhere on the European continent were convinced of the truth he had uncovered, so that they too began instituting good hygiene in the delivery rooms.
It was only a couple of decades after Semmelweis’s death (from a vicious beating by security guards after he was tricked into being admitted to an insane asylum) that Louis Pasteur came up with the germ theory of infectious diseases, thus making sense out of – and finally proving – Semmelweis’s theory, even to those who had destroyed his career.
Only posthumously was Semmelweis honored for his contribution to women’s health. All he got during his short life was undeserved condemnation, disgrace and ignominy and an early, painful death. Both Semmelweis and Wakefield were intentionally made “radioactive” (or “leprous”) by the medical establishment that was threatened by unwelcome new scientific truths that they irrationally refused to acknowledge. One difference between the two pioneer physicians is that the medical establishment was able to convince Semmelweis’s wife that he was insane and needed to be removed from polite society, while happily, Wakefield’s wife believes in her husband’s important work. She has remained supportive of his continued efforts to convince close-minded physicians of his truth.
<<<Science is NEVER “Settled”>>>
Authoritarians throughout history – not just fossilized physicians who desperately want to believe that “science is settled“ (or can ever be” settled”) – have behaved like they know everything that needs to be known about their chosen profession, while in reality they just haven’t wanted to go through the effort of having to learn something new, especially if the new information contradicts their previously deeply held beliefs.
<<<Lessons to be Learned from how the “Establishment” Treated Galileo, Semmelweis, Wakefield, et al>>>
Many of today’s medical establishment “authorities” have vested interests in the drugs and vaccines that cause some of them to become oblivious to the iatrogenic disorders caused by the drugs and vaccines that were integral to their profession. There are thousands of examples that present similar ethical dilemmas to my profession.
For instance, many of us physicians and physician’s assistants prescribed Merck’s popular arthritis drug Vioxx to some of the 60,000 patients that died of heart attacks directly because of Vioxx. (Many millions more were heart-sickened but survived – so far.) We were, by definition, complicit in causing some of those iatrogenic deaths or illnesses, although we weren’t medicolegally liable. In those cases, the real fault lay first of all with Merck – who did the deeply flawed studies – but also with the FDA – the agency that approved the long-term use of the drug but didn’t require long-term safety studies. Such short-sightedness, sadly, is normal for the FDA.
The same accusations of malfeasance could be leveled against every Big Pharma corporation that made every SSRI, every benzodiazepine tranquilizer, every anti-psychotic drug, every ADHD drug and every sleeping pill that we practitioners wrote prescriptions for and which ALL are fully capable of causing serious, permanent body and brain damage, although such manifestations may only become obvious years later.
And, of course, the same accusations of iatrogenesis could be leveled against every Big Pharma vaccine maker that has added to their factory vats proprietary ingredients that include neurotoxic metals and other toxins that likely have synergistic (multiplying, not just additive) adverse effects when they are injected into the tiny muscles of infants known to be immunologically and neurologically immature. What should alarm every physician and every parent (and every over-vaccinated soldier and pre-dementia adult) is that such vaccine combinations have never been evaluated for either short-term or long-term safety.
One of the earliest examples of drug- or vaccine-induced iatrogenic disorders involved Smith Kline & French (SKF), the predecessor corporation of GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) and the maker of the infamous neurotoxic, so-called “anti-depressant” drug Paxil. GSK also manufactures the MMR vaccine, which contains three live viruses, including a strain of measles which was found in the infected intestines of the Wakefield autism research group discussed above. Both of those drugs are currently under fire by watchdog groups, but the major media does not report on such delicate (ie for media advertisers) issues.
SKF got FDA approval in 1955 for its dementia-inducing, memory-impairing and brain-damaging “major tranquilizer” Thorazine (which was the prototype for future so-called “anti-psychotic” drugs like Mellaril). Thorazine was the first of a flood of other dependency-inducing and brain-damaging “anti-psychotics” and then by a host of the so-called “minor tranquilizers” like Librium and Valium.
Such dependency-inducing drugs naturally made a lot of money for any number of multinational drug companies – as well as many psychiatrists. Ever since the break-out of psychiatric drugs on the market in the 1950s, we physicians have been bamboozled into trusting the fast-tracking of drugs and vaccines through their FDA approval process without long-term safety studies! And the epidemic of psych drug-induced dementia and the epidemic of vaccine-induced neurological and autoimmune disorders are evidence of the over-looked dangers.
The FDA is the federal regulatory agency that approves vaccines (except for the Anthrax vaccine that is being regularly injected into soldiers ever since Desert Storm and which has never been FDA approved), but the agency does not require vaccine makers to perform or present to the FDA either long-term or short-term safety or efficacy studies! Neither does the FDA require vaccine-makers to present double-blind studies to the FDA or comparative studies (against a competitor’s vaccine) or even safety or efficacy studies of the vaccines that contain more than one antigen (!).
Vaccine-makers are also in denial (as is the CDC and the FDA and the AAP and the AMA) concerning the known neurotoxicities of many of the vaccine ingredients, such as the aluminum adjuvant that is currently in many vaccines or the preservative mercury (which was in many of the vaccines prior to 2000 (when the autism epidemic was just starting to surge).
In 2011, in a decision that granted Big Vaccine further protections against legal liability for when their vaccines killed or maimed patients, vaccines were justifiably labeled as “unavoidably unsafe” by the US Supreme Court.
The same charge of “unavoidable unsafe” could have been made against the previously normal blood-letting in Dr Rush’s era and the lack of understanding by physicians about the importance of hand-washing for physicians in Semmelweis’s era..
Galileo’s critics refused to look through his telescope for the proof of his heliocentric theories. Semmelweis’s critics refused to look at the evidence he presented to them. Wakefield and many other anti-over-vaccination activists (many scholars and independent scientists among them) who have studied the complex science of Big Pharma’s pro-vaccination agendas – should be informing all concerned people to look at all sides of all issues before being tempted to make a firm decision.
The following list of useful quotations from anti-over-vaccination whistle-blowers is must reading for every human – open-minded or otherwise – that will soon be threatened by coercive vaccination legislation that is in the process of working through most state legislative bodies.
Useful Quotations from Whistle-Blowers that Dare to Expose the Over-Vaccination Agendas of Big Pharma, the CDC, the AAP and the AMA
Graph revealing that the US mortality rate for measles had already declined to near zero by the time a measles vaccine was introduced in 1963, due to improved nutrition, sanitation, safer drinking water and the availability of refrigeration – and NOT to the vaccine! Similar mortality and incidence charts explain the decreases in rates of diphtheria, whooping cough, scarlet fever (there never was a commercially-available scarlet fever vaccine) – From Dissolving Illusions: Disease, Vaccines and the Forgotten History, by Suzanne Humphries, MD and Roman Bystrianyk
Safety Recommendation for Parents Who Choose or are Mandated to Vaccinate Their Children, Based on Guidelines of the Autism Research Institute
Never vaccinate a sick child, even if just a runny nose from a viral infection, as all viruses are immunosuppressive, rendering the child more vulnerable to adverse vaccine reactions.
Never allow more than two vaccines per visit; avoid all combination vaccines.
Administer vitamin C before and after each vaccination, ideally in doses of 500 mgs every four hours during waking hours. Also give vitamin A in standard doses.
All forms of sugar should be avoided for several days before and after vaccines, as sugar has been shown to diminish the protective activities of the immune system by depressing white blood cells’ ability to destroy bacteria.
“industry-controlled ‘science’ is not really science but a smokescreen to pave the way for products that may be harmful – but what do they care as long as they profit? There are many great scientists but there are also some who are willing to be hired to ‘prove’ that something doesn’t cause cancer, or that something is ‘safe’. You cannot trust the EPA, the FDA, or industry science.” – Blogger
“A most disturbing thing about this entire zika virus fraud is the role that the mainstream media has played in continually promoting the fear mongering campaign orchestrated by the CDC. This is another example of how the medical/pharmaceutical industry controls what our mainstream media reports. They have gained the power to control not only what health information is reported, they also have the power to censor or not report any information that would be damaging to their financial interests.
“Here is one obvious example of this censorship. On April 14, the Reuters News Agency reported that more than 11,000 pregnant women in Colombia had tested positive for zika. More than 2,700 of them had already given birth, yet there were only two confirmed cases of microcephaly (compatible with the normal background rate). With only two cases of microcephaly out of more than 2,700 births, their health minister all but stated that there was no zika epidemic in Colombia. This was just more proof that the zika virus is NOT the cause of microcephaly and there is no epidemic.
“But this was a total contradiction to all the fear mongering claims of the CDC, and as far as I know, this information was censored and never even reported by any of our mainstream news media. So, by keeping the public in the dark, the CDC has been able to continue with their fear mongering, and is still pressuring Congress to give them $1 billion more of our taxpayer dollars to fight this fake epidemic and develop a new vaccine.
“With the aid of the mainstream media, our government leaders and Congress also seem to blindly accept the word of the CDC as if it’s the omnipotent and irrefutable truth. In spite of all the contradictory evidence, it appears that all the CDC has to do is to just say “TRUST US, WE ARE THE EXPERTS. IF WE SAY THERE IS A ZIKA VIRUS EPIDEMIC, YOU CAN BELIEVE IT’.” – Blogger on Mercola.com 8/16/16
“During the last 10 years, there has been one death from measles, but that patient was an adult woman who was on immunosuppressive medications and had other serious health problems. (But between)2000 and 2017, there were 156 deaths related to the MMR vaccine.” — Dr. David Brownstein – Holistic Family Practitioner
“We are taught by the authorities that vaccines protect us against eventual aggressive viruses and microbes, and, therefore, prevent contagious illnesses and epidemics. This lie has been perpetuated for 150 years despite the ineffectiveness of vaccines in protecting against illnesses…the uselessness of certain vaccines, notably, TB & tetanus..diphtheria…influenza and hepatitis B.” — Guylaine Lanctot, MD
“The decline in infectious diseases in developed countries had nothing to do with vaccinations, but with the decline in poverty and hunger (Dr. Buchwald draws the Committee’s attention to a series of about 50 graphs in his book which show that vaccinations have no effect on the decline of infectious diseases).” — Gerhard Buchwald, MD
“Up to 90% of the total decline in the death rate of children between 1860-1965 because of whooping cough, scarlet fever, diptheria, and measles occured before the introduction of immunisations and antibiotics.” — Archie Kalokerinos, MD
“According to the records of the Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, from 1911 to 1935 the four leading causes of childhood deaths from infectious diseases in the U.S.A. were diphtheria, pertussis, scarlet fever, and measles. However, by 1945 the combined death rates from these causes had declined by 95% before the implementation of mass vaccine programs.” — Harold Buttram MD
“All infectious diseases decreased without vaccinations. Not only did vaccines have no influence over the decrease of the diseases, the contrary is true, they slowed down the downward trend of all diseases. The best example for this is polio. After the majority of people were vaccinated, severe epidemics occurred, such as in 1962 in the German speaking countries, after vaccination had been in full force for 3 years. Dr Buchwald carefully collected the facts in his book, which prove this fact beyond doubt for all infectious diseases.” — Anita Petek-Dimmer, German-born Swiss anti-vaccine activist.
“The really sad thing is the amount of doctors I’ve spoken to who say to me, ‘Del, I know that vaccines are causing autism, but I won’t say it on camera because the pharmaceutical industry will destroy my career just like they did to Andy Wakefield.'” — Del Bigtree, Producer of “Vaxxed: From Cover-up to Catastrophe”
“I tell practitioners that vaccines are drugs, albeit biological drugs. I remind them that they would not consider it good medicine to give an unnecessary pharmaceutical drug on a recurring basis. I think it is even worse to give a vaccine…that isn’t necessary. The possible adverse consequences of a vaccine generally far outweigh the adverse consequences of a pharmaceutical drug. A pharmaceutical drug is usually much more restricted in its action. However, each time we stimulate an immune response, we have to look at the effect on all body systems—not only on antibody responses or cell-mediated immunity, but also on interactions with the endocrine system and the nervous system.” – Dr Ronald Schultz, Professor and Chair of the Department of Pathobiological Sciences, University of Wisconsin-Madison, and an expert in companion animal vaccines.
Onthe Arrogance of Preventive Medicine
“But surely the fundamental promise we make when we actively solicit individuals and exhort them to accept preventive interventions must be that, on average, they will be the better for it. Accordingly, the presumption that justifies the aggressive assertiveness with which we go after the unsuspecting healthy must be based on the highest level of randomized evidence that our preventive manoeuvre will, in fact, do more good than harm. Without evidence from positive randomized trials (and, better still, systematic reviews of randomized trials) we cannot justify soliciting the well to accept any personal health intervention. There are simply too many examples of the disastrous inadequacy of lesser evidence as a basis for individual interventions among the well: supplemental oxygen for healthy preemies (causing retrolental fibroplasia and blindness), healthy babies sleeping face down (causing SIDS), thymic irradiation in healthy children, and the list goes on.” — Dr David Sackett, (a pioneer of evidence based medicine),
“The full extent of the Gardasil scandal needs to be assessed: everyone knew when this vaccine was released on the American market that it would prove to be worthless. Diane Harper, a major opinion leader in the United States, was one of the first to blow the whistle, pointing out the fraud and scam of it all. I predict that Gardasil will become the greatest medical scandal of all time because at some point in time, the evidence will add up to prove that this vaccine, technical and scientific feat that it may be, has absolutely no effect on cervical cancer and that all the very many adverse effects which destroy lives and even kill, serve no other purpose than to generate profit for the manufacturers. Gardasil is useless and costs a fortune! In addition, decision-makers at all levels are aware of it! Cases of Guillain-Barré syndrome, paralysis of the lower limbs, vaccine-induced MS and vaccine-induced encephalitis can be found, whatever the vaccine.” — Dr Bernard Dalbergue (former Merck employee)
“The autism epidemic is real, and excessive vaccinations are the cause.” – Dr Bernie Rimland
“Completely unvaccinated children have less chronic disease and a lower risk of autism than vaccinated children.” — J. B. Handley, Jr. – Founder of Generation Rescue
“…our current results are consistent with the existing evidence on the toxicology and pharmacokinetics of Aluminum adjuvants which altogether strongly implicate these compounds as contributors to the rising prevalence of neurobehavioral disorders in children. Given that autism has devastating consequences in a life of a child, and that currently in the developed world over 1% of children suffer from some form of ASD, it would seem wise to make efforts towards reducing infant exposure to aluminum from vaccines.“— C A Shaw, PhD
“There is a serious problem with vaccine safety. Vaccine aluminum adjuvant has adverse neurological effects, at dosages that are recommended by the US CDC. Vaccine critics are supported by the science. Parents refusing to vaccinate according to the recommended CDC schedule are supported by the science. Use aluminum-containing vaccines with great caution, or not at all.” – Chris Shaw, PhD http://vaccinepapers.org/category/aluminum/
“Aluminum is an experimentally demonstrated neurotoxin and the most commonly used vaccine adjuvant…research clearly shows that aluminum adjuvants have a potential to induce serious immunological disorders in humans. In particular, aluminum in adjuvant form carries a risk for autoimmunity, long-term brain inflammation andassociated neurological complications and may thus have profound and widespread adverse health consequences.” — (From Tomljenovic and Shaw’s journal article “Aluminum Vaccine Adjuvants: Are They Safe?”, published in Curr Med Chem, 2011;18(17):2630-7.)
“Aluminum is an experimentally demonstrated neurotoxin and the most commonly used vaccine adjuvant. Despite almost 90 years of widespread use of aluminum adjuvants, medical science’s medical understanding of their mechanisms of action is still remarkably poor. There is also a concerning scarcity of data on toxicology and pharmacokinetics of these compounds. In spite of this, the notion that aluminum in vaccines is safe appears to be widely accepted.” — Tomljenjovic and Shaw
“No vaccine manufacturer shall be liable…for damages arising from a vaccine-related injury or death.” – President Ronald Reagan, as he signed The National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act (NCVIA) of 1986, absolving drug companies from all medico-legal liability when children die or are disabled from vaccine injuries, thus reversing many of the intentions of the original legislation establishing the FDA
“The human immune system is divided into two major classes: 1) Cellular Immunity (for which injected vaccines do absolutely nothing, except to weaken it), located in the mucous membranes of the gastrointestinal and respiratory tracts and their respective lymph nodes and 2) Humoral Immunity, with production of antigen-specific antibodies by plasma cells in the bone marrow. For eons of time the mucous membranes of the gastrointestinal and respiratory tracts have been the primary sites of infectious microbe entry into the body so that, of necessity, mucosal/cellular immunity has evolved as the primary defense system, with humoral immunity serving a secondary or backup role…Vaccines are reversing these roles, attempting to substitute vaccine-induced humoral immunity for the far more efficient mucosal immunity, the latter in turn undergoing a process of “atrophy of disuse” as a result of this role-switching.” — Harold Buttram, MD
“The steadily increasing patterns of physical and/or mental illnesses among American children show no signs of abating. Unless this issue is definitively addressed, at some future time the process will pass a point of no return (socially and economically) from the sheer numbers of incapacitated children.” – Harold Buttram, MD
“The soaring incidence of physical and mental illnesses among today’s children (may be) causally related to current childhood vaccine programs. Primary among these is the large-scale contamination of the measles, mumps, and influenza vaccines with retroviruses capable of engrafting their genetics into the DNA of childhood recipients. This is rendered more likely because of the cavalier disregard with which combinations of viral vaccines are now being administered, primarily involving the MMR vaccines…in spite of the toxicology principle that combinations of toxins may bring exponential (10-fold or 100-fold) increases in toxicity.” – Harold Buttram, MD
“In the field of chemical toxicology it is universally recognized that combinations of toxins may bring exponential increases of toxicity; ie, a combination of two chemicals may bring a 10-fold increase in toxicity, three chemicals 100-fold increases. This same principle almost certainly applies to the immunosuppressive effects of viral vaccines when administered in combination, as with the MMR vaccine, among which the measles vaccine is (known to be) exceptionally immunosuppresive.” – Harold Buttram, MD
“…the NIH (National Institutes of Health) is incapable of conducting conflict-free research. …it is clear that the system managing our vaccine program is corrupt beyond repair and needs a complete overhaul.” – Lori Mellwain, National Autism Association board chair
“It is difficult to get a man to understandsomething, when his salary depends upon his not understanding it!” – Upton Sinclair, anti-fascist, anti-imperialist American author who wrote in the first half of the 20th century. Sinclair’s 1903 novel “Jungle” (about the repulsive slaughterhouse practices in the meat-packing industry in Chicago) led to President Theodore Roosevelt’s pushing through the Pure Food and Drug Act of 1906.
“A 2007 [Zika] outbreak on Yap Islands in Micronesia is estimated to have affected nearly 75% of the (island’s) population of some 12,000 people, and a 2013 outbreak in French Polynesia affected nearly 28,000 of 270,000 residents. Neither epidemic caused a spike in microcephaly.” — Quartz (qz.com)?
“The correlation between a) the presence of Zika and b) babies with the microcephaly birth defect is so weak and sparse, it constitutes counter-evidence for Zika as the cause…the overwhelming majority of birth-defect cases show no presence of Zika. Therefore, the Zika-carrying mosquitoes have no business being the target of toxic spraying. But they are. And the spraying increases the risk of neurological damage in babies.” – Jon Rappoport (https://jonrappoport.wordpress.com/category/zika/)
“Microcephaly may result from any insult that disturbs early brain growth…Annually, approximately 25,000 infants in the United States will be diagnosed with microcephaly…” – From the Report of the Quality Standards Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology and the Practice Committee of the Child Neurology Society. (Neurology 2009 Sep 15; 73(11) 887-897)
“…even the ideal influenza vaccine, matched perfectly to circulating strains of wild influenza and capable of stopping all influenza viruses, can only deal with a small part of the ‘flu’ problem because most ‘flu’ appears to have nothing to do with influenza. Every year, hundreds of thousands of respiratory specimens are tested across the US. Of those tested, on average 16% are found to be influenza positive.” – Dr Peter Doshi (from a British Medical Journal review article, “Influenza: marketing vaccines by marketing disease” 2013 (BMJ 2013; 346:f3037)
“…It’s no wonder so many people feel that ‘flu shots’ don’t work: for most flus, they can’t work because most diagnosed cases of the flu aren’t the flu.” – Jon Rappoport
“[According to CDC statistics], ‘influenza and pneumonia’ took 62,034 lives in 2001—61,777 of which were attributable to pneumonia and 257 to flu, and in only 18 cases was the flu virus positively identified.” – Dr Peter Doshi, from in his 2005 BMJ report, titled, “Are US flu death figures more PR than science?” (BMJ 2005; 331:1412)
“Between 1979 and 2001, [CDC] data showed an average of 1348 [flu] deaths per year (range 257 to 3006).” – Dr Peter Doshi de-bunking the CDC’s pro-vaccine disinformation campaign that says that 36,000 people die from influenza annually
“The CDC says that 36,000 people die from the flu every year in the US. But actually, it’s closer to 20. However, we can’t admit that, because if we did, we’d be exposing (the CDC’s) gigantic psyop. The whole campaign to scare people into getting a flu shot would have about the same effect as warning people to carry iron umbrellas, in case toasters fall out of upper-story windows.” – Jon Rappoport
“Alzheimer’s Disease is a human form of chronic aluminum neurotoxicity.” – JR Walton, PhD – Faculty of Medicine, University of New South Wales, St George Hospital, Sydney, Australia
“The only safe vaccine is one that is never used.”— Dr James A. Shannon, National Institutes of Health
“No batch of vaccine can be proved safe before it is given to children.” – Dr Leonard Scheele, Surgeon General of the United States, addressing an AMA convention in 1955
“The evidence for indicting immunizations for SIDS is circumstantial, but compelling. However, the keepers of the keys to medical-research funds are not interested in searching this very important lead to the cause of an ongoing, and possibly preventable, tragedy. Anything that implies that immunizations are not the greatest medical advance in the history of public health is ignored or ridiculed. Can you imagine the economic and political import of discovering that immunzations are killing thousands of babies?” — Dr William C. Douglass, MD (Honored twice as America’s ‘Doctor of the Year’)
“Only after realising that routine immunisations were dangerous did I achieve a substantial drop in infant death rates. The worst vaccine of all is the whooping cough vaccine…it is responsible for a lot of deaths and for a lot of infants suffering irreversible brain damage. In susceptible infants, it knocks their immune systems about, leading to irreparable brain damage, or severe attacks or even deaths from diseases like pneumonia or gastro-enteritis and so on.” — Dr Kalokerinos
“Sudden Infant Death Syndrome has been reported following the administration of DPT. The significance is unclear. 85% of SIDS cases occur in the period 1 through 6 months of age, with the peak incidence at age 2 to 4 months.” (From the accompanying insert to Connaught Labs DPT vaccine.) — Jane Orient, MD, executive director of the Association of American Physicians and Surgeons (AAPS) and clinical lecturer in medicine at the University of Arizona College of Medicine, and a professor of clinical medicine at the Oregon Institute of Science and Medicine.
“Official data shows that large scale vaccination has failed to obtain any significant improvement of the diseases against which they were supposed to provide protection” — Dr Sabin, developer of Polio vaccine
“The greatest threat of childhood diseases lies in the dangerous and ineffectual efforts made to prevent them through mass immunization…..There is no convincing scientific evidence that mass inoculations can be credited with eliminating any childhood disease.” — Dr Robert Mendelsohn, MD
“It is pathetic and ludicrous to say we ever vanquished smallpox with vaccines, when only 10% of the population was ever vaccinated.” — Dr Glen Dettman
“The decline in infectious diseases in developed countries had nothing to do with vaccinations, but with the decline in poverty and hunger.” — Gerhard Buchwald, MD
“There is a great deal of evidence to prove that immunization of children does more harm than good.” – Dr J. Anthony Morris (formerly Chief Vaccine Control Officer at the US Federal Drug Admin.)
“There is insufficient evidence to support routine vaccination of healthy persons of any age.”— Paul Frame, MD Journal of Family Practice
“I think that no person would permit anybody to get close to them with an inoculation if they would really know how they are made, what they carry, what has been lied to them about and what the real percent of danger is of contracting such a disease which is minimal.”— Dr Eva Snead
“I was working in one of the oldest lung illness treatment centres in Germany, and just by chance, I looked at the files of those people who had fallen ill during the first German epidemic of smallpox (in 1947)…We had always been told that the smallpox vaccinations would protect against smallpox. And now I could verify, thanks to the files and papers, that all of those who had fallen ill had been vaccinated. This was very upsetting for me.” — Gerhard Buchwald, MD
“There has been a frightening increase in cases of autism that has not been explained. There are a number of anecdotal reports from parents that symptoms of autism have appeared close to the time of the (MMR) vaccine.” — Jane Orient, MD
“I once believed in Jenner; I once believed in Pasteur. I once believed in vaccination. I once believed in vivisection. But I changed my views as the result of hard thinking.” — Dr Hadwen
“If you want the truth on vaccination you must go to those who are not making anything out of it. If doctors shot at the moon every time it was full as a preventive of measles and got a shilling for it, they would bring statistics to prove it was a most efficient practice, and that the population would be decimated if it were stopped.” — Dr Allinson
“The greatest threat of childhood diseases lies in the dangerous and ineffectual efforts made to prevent them through mass immunization…There is no convincing scientific evidence that mass inoculations can be credited with eliminating any childhood disease.” — Dr Robert Mendelsohn, MD
“You might as well consult a butcher on the value of vegetarianism as a doctor on the worth of vaccination.” – George Bernard Shaw
“The vaccinations are not working, and they are dangerous. We should be working with nature.” — Lendon H.Smith, MD
“Medicine is of all the Arts the most noble; but, owing to the ignorance of those who practice it, and of those who, inconsiderately, form a judgment of them, it is at present far behind all the other arts.” — Hippocrates (400 BC)
Merck’s 27 page Hit List of Physicians who are Targeted for “Neutralization” or “Discrediting”
is a retired physician who practiced holistic, non-drug, mental health care for the last decade of his forty year family practice career. He is a contributor to and an endorser of the efforts of the Citizens Commission on Human Rights and was a member of MindFreedom International, the International Center for the Study of Psychiatry and Psychology, and the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies.
While running his independent clinic, he published over 400 issues of his Preventive Psychiatry E-Newsletter, which was emailed to a variety of subscribers. (They have not been archived at any website.) In the early 2000s, Dr Kohls taught a graduate level psychology course at the University of Minnesota Duluth. It was titled “The Science and Psychology of the Mind-Body Connection”.
Since his retirement, Dr Kohls has been writing a weekly column (titled “Duty to Warn”) for the Duluth Reader, an alternative newsweekly published in Duluth, Minnesota. He offers teaching seminars to the public and to healthcare professionals.
Racism is not a new phenomenon and while it is an ongoing daily reality for vast numbers of people, it also often bursts from the shadows to remind us that just because we can keep ignoring the endless sequence of ‘minor’ racist incidents, racism has not gone away despite supposedly significant efforts to eliminate it. I say ‘supposedly’ because these past efforts, whatever personnel, resources and strategies have been devoted to them, have done nothing to address the underlying cause of racism and so their impact must be superficial and temporary. As the record demonstrates.
I say this not to denounce the effort made and, in limited contexts, the progress achieved, but if we want to eliminate racism, rather than confine it to the shadows for it to burst out periodically, then we must have the courage to understand what drives racism and design responses that address this cause.
Otherwise, all of the best ideas in the world can do no more than repeat past efforts at dialogue, education, nonviolent action and the implementation of legislation designed to protect civil rights or even outlaw violence, which doesn’t work, of course, as the pervasive violence in our society demonstrates and was again graphically illustrated by the recent outbreak of ‘white nationalist’ violence in Charlottesville in the United States.
Racism directed against indigenous peoples and people of color has been a significant factor driving key aspects of domestic politics and foreign policy in many countries for centuries. This outcome is inevitable given the psychological imperatives that drive racist violence.
Racism – fear of, and hatred for, those of another race coupled with the beliefs that the other race is inferior and should be dominated (by your race) – is now highly visible among European populations impacted by refugee flows from the Middle East and North Africa. In addition, racism is ongoingly and highly evident among sectors of the US population but also in countries like South Africa as well as Australia and throughout Central and South America where indigenous populations are particularly impacted. But racism is a problem in many other countries too.
So why is fear and hatred of those of a different race so prominent? Let me start at the beginning.
Human socialization is essentially a process of terrorizing children into ‘thinking’ and doing what the adults around them want (irrespective of the functionality of this thought and behavior in evolutionary terms). Hence, the attitudes, beliefs, values and behaviors that most humans exhibit are driven by fear and the self-hatred that accompanies this fear. For a comprehensive explanation of this point, see ‘Why Violence?’ and ‘Fearless Psychology and Fearful Psychology: Principles and Practice’.
However, because this fear and self-hatred are so unpleasant to feel consciously, most people suppress these feelings below conscious awareness and then (unconsciously) project them onto ‘legitimized’ victims (that is, those people ‘approved’ for victimization by their parents and/or society generally). In short: the fear and self-hatred are projected as fear of, and hatred for, particular social groups (whether people of another gender, nation, race, religion or class).
This all happens because virtually all adults are (unconsciously) terrified and self-hating, so they unconsciously terrorize children into accepting the attitudes, beliefs, values and behaviors that make the adults feel safe. A child who thinks and acts differently is frightening and is not allowed to flourish.
Once the child has been so terrorized however, they will respond to their fear and self-hatred with diminishing adult stimulus. What is important, emotionally speaking, is that the fear and self-hatred have an outlet so that they can be released and acted upon. And because parents do not allow their child to feel and express their fear and hatred in relation to the parents themselves (who, fundamentally, just want obedience without comprehending that obedience is rooted in fear and generates enormous self-hatred because it denies the individual’s Self-will), the child is left with no alternative but to project their fear and hatred in socially approved directions.
Hence, as an adult, their own fear and self-hatred are unconscious to the individual precisely because they were never allowed to feel and express them safely as a child. What they do feel, consciously, is their hatred for ‘legitimized’ victims.
Historically, different social groups in different cultural contexts have been the victim of this projected but ‘socially approved’ fear and hatred. Women, indigenous peoples, Catholics, Afro-Americans, Jews, communists, Palestinians…. The list goes on. The predominant group in this category, of course, is children (whose ‘uncontrollability’ frightens virtually all parents until they have been successfully terrorized and tamed).
The groups that are socially approved to be feared and hated are determined by elites. This is because individual members of the elite are themselves terrified and full of self-hatred and they use the various powerful instruments at their disposal – ranging from control of politicians to the corporate media – to trigger the fear and self-hatred of the population at large in order to focus this fear and hatred on what frightens the elite. This makes it easier for the elite to then attack the group that they are projecting frightens them, which is why Donald Trump and various European leaders encourage racist attacks. See, for example, ‘This expert on political violence thinks Trump is making neo-Nazi attacks more likely’. It is also useful for providing a basis for enhancing elite social control through such measures as legislative restrictions on human rights and expanded police powers.
Historically speaking, indigenous peoples and people of color have been primary targets for this projected fear and self-hatred, which explains the psychological origins (which underpin and complement the political and economic origins) of practices such as the Atlantic slave trade and European colonialism in earlier centuries. Racism allows elites and others to project their fear and self-hatred onto indigenous people and people of color so that elites can then seek to destroy this fear and self-hatred.
Obviously, this cannot work. You cannot destroy fear, whether your own or that of anyone else. However, you can cause phenomenal damage to those onto whom your fear and self-hatred are projected. Of course, there is nothing intelligent about this process. If every indigenous person and person of colour in the world was killed, elites would simply then project their fear and self-hatred onto other groups and set out to destroy those groups too.
In fact, of course, western elites are now (unconsciously) projecting their fear and self-hatred onto Muslims as well and this manifests behaviourally in many ways, including as war on countries in the Middle East. And when the blowback from these wars manifests as ‘terrorist’ attacks on western countries (assuming they aren’t ‘false flag’ events, which is often the case), such as the recent attack in Barcelona, it is simply used by elites, employing their corporate media particularly, to justify more intrusive social control under the guise of ‘enhanced security’, as mentioned above.
If you are starting to wonder about the sanity of all this, you can rest assured there is none. Elites are insane. See ‘The Global Elite is Insane’. Unfortunately, the individuals who are mobilized in response to this projection are also insane, as a cursory perusal of their written words and even modest attention to their spoken words will readily illustrate. See, for example, ‘Charlottesville: Race and Terror’.
So is there anything we can do? Fundamentally, we need to stop terrorizing our children. As a back up, we can provide safe spaces for children and adults alike to feel their fear, self-hatred and other suppressed feelings consciously (which will allow them to be safely released). By doing this, we can avoid creating more insane individuals who will project their fear and self-hatred in elite-approved directions. See ‘My Promise to Children’.
If you are fearless enough to recognize that elites are manipulating you into fearing those of other races (or religions) whom we do not need to fear, any time is a good time to speak up and to demonstrate your solidarity. You might also like to sign the online pledge of ‘The People’s Charter to Create a Nonviolent World’.
You are also welcome to consider using the strategic framework explained in Nonviolent Campaign Strategy for your anti-racism campaign. And if you want to organise a nonviolent action to combat racism in a context where violence might erupt, you can minimize the risk of this violence by following the comprehehensive list of guidelines here: ‘Nonviolent Action: Minimizing the Risk of Violent Repression’.
Suppressed fear and self-hatred must be projected and they are usually projected in socially approved ways (although mental illnesses and some forms of criminal activity are ways in which this suppressed fear manifests that are not socially approved).
In essence, racism is a manifestation of the mental illness of elites manipulating us into doing their insane bidding. Unfortunately, many people are easy victims of this manipulation because they are full of suppressed terror and self-hatred too.
Seventy years as an independent country is a good enough period to reflect on how we have evolved as a nation and how our polity has evolved. It will be incorrect to generalize our observations across the length and breadth of our country as India is very diverse in culture, religion, language, ethnicities and class. India lives in many time periods. While the primitive tribes in Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Orissa, Bihar live in the first millennium, or even earlier, the IT professionals and CEOs of national and multinational corporations live in jet age and are part of the first world elite using latest technology, living in palaces and consuming luxuries that would shame the most powerful and eccentric of Emperors. Between the two time zones, communities occupy various time spaces. Primitive indigenous communities, feudal hierarchical cultural systems (caste and gender hierarchies, institutions of khap panchayats), communities accumulating capital in primitive modes, international finance capital, neo-liberalism and crony capitalism are all here to stay carving out their own spaces in time zones. Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar had warned in his speech delivered after the Constitution had been adopted – either the social inequality would consume our democracy unless democracy triumphed over social inequalities.
Freedom at midnight seventy years ago did not have the same meaning for all sections of the society. The sethjis (economic elite and Indian capitalists) and the bhatjis (the social elite – upper caste males from the majority community) were more masters of their destiny than the SCs, the STs, bonded labourers and women, though they had made huge sacrifices for freedom. For the bonded labourers, SCs, STs and women, same bondage and life of unfreedom would continue in morning after the midnight. They just had hopes and promises of freedom.
Democracy in India has marched one step forward and two steps backward. The two big steps towards equality that benefitted a large section were partial land reforms and implementation of some recommendations of Mandal Commission Report. Land reforms were implemented half heartedly and met with a lot of resistance from the then rural elite – upper caste landlords. Some states implemented it better than others, particularly the Left Front ruled states and the states where the social justice movements were stronger, viz. in the South. The pace of implementation of land reforms in North India was slow. The tenants who worked hard, tilled the land and produced food grains and other cash crops but were themselves underfed and lived in poverty, became owners of the land they tilled. Along with green revolution, India not only became self sufficient in food grains, millions of tillers of land lived more secure and lives.
The tillers of land who now became land owners, but were excluded from political representation. The Indian Parliament and state legislatures had disproportionate numbers of upper castes. It is here that implementation of the Mandal Commission Report meant much more than merely reservations in educational institutions and Government jobs. Getting Mandal Commission Recommendations implemented required great amount of awakening among the other backward classes and organizational efforts resisting the dominance of upper caste in rural areas. Land reforms had reduced the dependence of a section of other backward classes on the upper caste and made it possible for them to resist the dominance of upper caste. Yet, it was democracy and the principal of one person one vote that was crucially necessary to win the battle of representation without violence. But for the vote that every citizen has under the Constitution, the Indian state would not have accepted the Mandal Commission Report, even if only partially, in teeth of resistance from the entrenched upper caste politicians.
Equality for Women:
Women are in better position and enjoy more equality in law than seventy years ago. However, practically, they enjoy little freedom and we have a long long way to go on the path of gender equality. Indian Parliament has strengthened the law to physically secure women. Banning Sati, child marriages, polygamy (except for the Muslim community) and dowry are a few examples. In order to secure women against domestic violence, the Parliament passed legislation. The law against sexual assaults on women has been strengthened. Women, particularly in urban pockets are better included in jobs and livelihood. For example, a very tiny number of them are employed in army, police force, as pilots, railway engine drivers, given cab driver licenses, etc. Hindu women now can inherit equal share with her brother in ancestral property. However, this is too little an achievement for seventy years of independence.
Yet we see very little change on the ground in spite of changes in law. Crime against women is increasing and women are more insecure in family as well as public spaces despite all the laws. Family and khap panchayats have tighter control over women and consider women as second class citizens born to serve men in the family, community and polity. The issue of ‘dignity’ of caste and community has become more salient in the recent times. The dignity of community / caste means tremendous pressure on women to uphold feudal traditions and play subservient roles. This also means that in conflicts between castes and communities, women’s bodies and dignity are targeted to demonstrate ‘prowess’ of the men. Women too are being mobilized in the inter-caste and communal conflicts against their own enlightened interests of gender justice. Identity centric politics brings forth stronger patriarchal regimes within the community. Muslim women still suffer the indignity of having to face instant divorce and other deprivations. Parliament has no more than 10% representation of women in the 16th Lok Sabha and yet this is the highest representation women have got.
Miles and miles to go:
The OBCs were included economically (making them owners of the land they till), socially (partly through their sanskritization of OBCs and partly through reinventing Brahmanism) and politically (Mandalization of Parliament and state legislatures). The social, political and economic inclusion of a section of OBCs has left out a large section of citizens out of the march towards equality.
A section of tenant-tillers of land were made owners, but what about those who did not have any access to land, viz. the landless and did not have access to even primary education, either because there wasn’t a school in her village, or if there was one, her parents could not afford even if there were no fees? Or if she was sent to school, there was no teacher to teach? This is the story of many adivasi villages. Dalits are discriminated within school space with high dropout rates. If there is no basic schooling, reservations in higher educational institutions do not mean anything. The OBCs whose traditional occupation was not cultivation of land like the Yadavs and Jats had very little opportunities of upward mobility. No political party has any concrete programmes to include these sections and provide them with the democratic space to march towards equality.
Centralized, non-accountable and non-transparent democracy:
Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar as well as Congress led by Jawaharlal Nehru and Sardar Patel wanted stronger centre to enable rapid growth and Industrialization to create jobs. Dr. Ambedkar also wanted stronger Central Government to be able to combat the strong Brahmin lobby. Babasaheb knew at the state level and within local bodies, dalits would not be able to resist the upper caste oppression. However, stronger centre has put the steel frame of bureaucracy farther and beyond the reach of the marginalized sections.
Centralization of power has benefitted the sethjis and bhatjis. Law and policy making structures and implementation mechanisms readily serves their interests, particularly that of the International financial capital and the richest Indian industrialists. The ideology of market and anti-people discourse of development are being deployed to appropriate common community resources by the state. The state then readily transfers these resources in the hands of crony capitalists who have the ability to influence decision making in the capital through their powerful lobbies. This is how adivasis have been disappropriated of their common resources like forests, water bodies, land and environment. Adivasis have suffered massive and constant displacements. Their way of life and their culture marginalized to give way ideology of growth and profits for few. The displaced adivasis have been forced out of their habitats and reduced to bonded labour or lowest paid seasonal migrant labourers.
Disappropriation of communities together with jobless growth is exacerbating the inequalities. The richest 1% Indians, according to the report of Oxfam, own 58% of India’s wealth. The growing inequality is creating army of slave labourers. While the richest enjoy vulgar luxuries, there are millions of children sleeping hungry and farmers committing suicides unable to pay their debts. Yet the government subsidizes the Industrialists by extending tax concessions to attract more and more foreign capital. The growing inequality is distorting democracy.
Gandhiji wanted democracy to benefit the most marginalized person, and decision making nearer common people. His idea of democracy was decentralization of power and transparent decision making. Gandhiji wanted power to hold the elected representatives and the bureaucrats accountable to be in the hands of people. Some of these mechanisms came as late as about a decade ago under the UPA. The right to information and right to education are two such examples. However, both these legislations are poorly implemented and increasingly undermined. National Commission of Minorities is a toothless body doing little to ameliorate the violation of their rights. The Annual Reports which must be tabled in the Parliament are amiss. The National Human Rights Commission has only slightly more teeth – power to award compensation to the victims of abuse of Human Rights. NHRC has however played little role and ignored systematic violations of human rights of the marginalized.
There is no effective mechanism to protect the victims against police excesses in form of fake encounters, torture, malicious arrests and prosecutions. In absence of effective mechanism to lodge complaints against such abuse of power, the voice of the marginalised is suppressed. In fact there are laws which protect the power wielders like the UAPA and the AFSPA.
Media which is supposed to be watchdog of democracy and people’s rights has been corporatized and protecting the Government.
The sethji-bhatji class is spinning ideologies that would ignore the growing inequalities. Cultural entrepreneurs are essentializing culture that would embalm the new class of slaves being created by the sethji-bhatji. Aggressive patriotism is reducing citizens to instruments worshipping its army and even corrupt undemocratic and illegal actions of individual officers. Cow nationalism is imposing sethji-bhatji culture on the bahujans under the label of nationalism. Cow nationalism is reducing citizen to merely follower and bhakt of sethji-bhatji and accept whatever crumbs distributed by them as prasad with gratitude to them.
For democracy to thrive, we need active citizenship on one hand and structures and institutions that hold the power wielders accountable. The priority of nationalism has to be to educate all in order to make them thinking and active citizens, and provide equitable opportunities for the most marginalized to develop. Equal Opportunity Commission and legislations that hold bureaucrats accountable to the citizens for their actions are the agenda of democracy in the coming years.
Dr. Vladislav Krasnov took part in a peace-promoting forum, “The Future of Religion: Civilization or Barbarism?” in Dubrovnik, Croatia on April 24-29, 2017. Below is his report.
A very remarkable event took place in Dubrovnik, Croatia, on April 25-29, 2017: a small scholarly forum on “The Future of Religion: Civilization or Barbarism?” I was invited there to talk about “Six Covenants of the Prophet Muhammad with the Christians of His Time”.
The event was just as remarkable as was it’s founder and organizer, Professor Rudolf Siebert, Department of Comparative Religion, Western Michigan University, Kalamazoo. The ninety-year old Siebert was a pilot for the German Airforce during WWII. Siebert was never a Nazi sympathizer and always stood strongly for his Catholic faith. As a war prisoner, Siebert landed in the USA where he settled and made an illustrious academic career.
Professor Siebert clearly follows the peace-seeking precepts of the Inter-University Center (IUC), founded in 1972 by Ivan Supek (1915 –2007), a Croatian physicist, philosopher, writer, playwright, and peace activist. As Rector of the University of Zagreb, Dr. Supek was co-founder of the international Pugwash movement of scientists and public leaders who sought to defuse the Cold War by creating a steady dialogue aimed at nuclear disarmament, and who in 1976 issued the Dubrovnik-Philadelphia declaration to that effect.
The IUC and the New Cold war
As the IUC booklet proudly proclaims, Dubrovnik continues to serve as “a bridge between Regions of Europe and with the World”. This mission is all the more important as the New Cold War, now with a New Christian Russia, rages unabated. For Professor Siebert, it was the 41st annual forum he would like to alternate with Yalta, Russia.
In his invitation, Siebert expressed disappointment that, due to the tensions in US-Russia relations, “our friends from our sister course about Religion in Civil Society in Yalta, Republic of Crimea” could not participate, as they could not get a visa”. The next planned forum in Yalta is now in question because “the Executive Order 13685 by the Obama Administration forbid us to participate in our Yalta course.” Unless President Trump cancels the Order, says Siebert, the Americans would not be able to go to Yalta.
1.The Folly of the New Cold War – By Vladislav Krasnov. 10/26/2014 http://www.raga.org/news/the-folly-of-the-new-cold-war-by-vladislav-krasnov
Was Shakespeare English?
As if by Providence, this time, in addition to speakers from Germany, France, Croatia and the USA, two presenters with a very strong Russian background came to the forum. One of them was a Russian born, London based film director Alicia Maksimova, who presented her documentary with the intriguing title, “Was Shakespeare English?”
For 97 minutes, the audience was spellbound as the film provided a persuasive answer to the real identity of a man who wrote Shakespeare works. It appears that under the commonly accepted English mask, there was hiding an Italian Calvinist of Sicilian origin, probably born in Messina, a political immigrant, who, in an effort to escape religious persecution by the Holy Inquisition, spent the second half of his life in England in exile.
2. See also Professor Rudolf Siebert’s Open letter to President Trump, 2/25/2017
http://www.raga.org/news/open-letter-to-president-trump
Alicia Maksimova says: “it’s not yet possible to prove that it was Michelangelo Florio – but my film has enough proof of his non-English origins”. We tend to forget that Shakespeare lived at the time when Catholic Inquisition persecuted such freethinkers and religious dissidents as Giordano Bruno and Galileo Galilei. In fact, it led to Bruno’s execution being burned at the stake in 1600. He had actually visited England and published there the majority of his works. Some authors suggest Bruno’s acquaintance with Shakespeare or, at least, Bruno’s influence on him. According to Gilberto Sacerdoti, the “new heaven, new earth” of “Antony and Cleopatra” is a distinct echo of Bruno’s cosmology, and “Love’s Labour’s Lost” contains a tribute to Bruno’s project of political and religious reform pursued in different European countries and aimed at an alliance between the moderate monarchs of France and England against the religious extremism of Spain and Rome. http://bloggingshakespeare.com/infinite-minds-shakespeare-and-giordano-bruno
“Was Shakespeare English?”
offers a fresh, daring and controversial insight into the great playwright’s identity. The director takes us on an enthralling voyage from the Strait of Messina to Venice, Verona, Stratford-upon-Avon, and back to Sicily for a mesmeric finale on the little Aeolian island, which inspired “The Tempest”.
The story is told by 12 real life characters in Venice, Verona, Messina, Stratford-upon-Avon and an Aeolian island Vulcano. Most of them are, as Italians say, 360% of culture, but some are “from the street”, like an amazing Venetian butcher Mario “Beefsteak”.
Their stories suggest the playwright’s remarkably familiarity with the Italian topography, Renaissance, Medieval and Classical literature, history, navigation, law, fashion and the way of life, a familiarity that would have been inaccessible even to the most sophisticated English traveler of the time, much less to a common man who has never set foot outside of England.
The film is a docu-voyage shot in beautiful settings; it makes the detailed knowledge of Shakespeare’s plays accessible to everyone.
From America, but with Russian roots
The other presenter with a strong Russian background was the author of this report, a former Soviet defector and professor of Russian Studies at the Monterey Institute of International Studies and now president of Russia & America Goodwill Association (RAGA.org), a non-profit organization of Americans for better relations with Russia. I talked about John Morrow’s booklet “Six Covenants of the Prophet Muhammad with the Christians of His Time” and my translation of it into Russian.
A Global Peace Science book gift from St. Petersburg
At first, I presented to Professor Siebert a gift from St. Petersburg from Dr. Leo Semashko, a Russian philosopher and peace champion, who a long time ago turned away from the Marxist theory of class struggle and then, twelve years ago, created his own Peace Science, as well as the Global Harmony Association (GHA). The gift was a hefty volume of “Global Peace Science”, a collection of writings of “173 co-authors from 34 countries”, published in New Delhi in 2016. Many authors are from the USA: Noam Chomsky, William Blum, Rene Wadlow, Sharon Tennison, Naomi Klein, Stephen Lendman, and of course Rudolf Siebert who has been also advocating for better US-Russia relations.
Semashko’s peace effort is remarkable for it’s global outreach. Besides the American and Russian authors (Nicholas Roerich, Yevgeny Yevtushenko, Julia Budnikova, Yuri Tsymbalist et al), there are also authors from Ireland, France, Greece, Israel, and India. The current president of GHA Dr. Subhash Chandra and former President of India, the late Abdul Kalam (2002-2007) was among its founders.
3. John Andrew Morrow. Six Covenants of the Prophet Muhammad with the Christians of His Time: The Primary Documents.
https://www.amazon.com/Covenants-Prophet-Muhammad-Christians-Time/dp/1621380025 4. In view of the IUC’s well-established reputation as a place of East-West dialogue, they also got a copy of Semashko’s Global Peace Science volume and John Andrew Morrow’s book.
I visited Dr. Semashko on March 16, 2017, in St. Petersburg where I went to speak at a conference in conjunction of the 100th anniversary of the downfall of Tsarist Russia. After reading one of my RAGA Newsletters, Dr. Semashko emailed and suggesting we coordinate our public diplomacy efforts. I agreed and came to visit him in his apartment to pick up his presents for fellow Americans. Then, finding on the site of GHA Professor Siebert’s Open Letter to Donald Trump calling him for better relations with Russia, I posted it on RAGA site.
Professor Siebert’s invitation
Soon I got Siebert’s invitation to his 41st course “The Future of Religion: Civilization or Barbarism?” With the rise of islamophobia in the US, EU and elsewhere, I chose to report about the work of an American scholar, who has argued that ISIL-style terrorism may represent various militant Islamic sects but is far removed from Islam’s mainstream.
About two years ago, after sending out a RAGA newsletter, I got a letter from a certain professor John Morrow who ask me to translate into Russian a series of treaties that the Prophet Muhammad made with a number of Christian communities. Among other things, the Prophet commanded the Muslims not to attack the Christians, but protect them from the attackers. Prof. John Marrow asked me to translate his booklet “Six Covenants of the Prophet Muhammad” into Russian as soon as possible “for the benefit of all people of Russia, Muslims and non-Muslims”.
5. JAN CULIK, “Islam, Israel and the Czech Republic”, на сайте Open Democracy, 25 June 2015, “Why is anti-Islam activism on the rise in the Czech Republic – a country with virtually no Muslims?
Did the Prophet Muhammad command Muslims to protect Christians?
I thought it was a good idea. However, not being a specialist on Islam and not knowing Arabic, I asked John to give me a scholarly justification for treating the covenants as authentic sources of Islamic theology. John soon sent me a hefty volume “The Covenants of the Prophet Muhammad with the Christians of the World” published in the USA in 2013.
I read the volume with great interest, especially, since I knew something about the topic. While studying anthropology and ethnic studies at the Moscow State University in the USSR, I took one semester of Arabic and attended the course on the history of religion. I knew that Islam emerged, as an Abrahamic faith in kinship with both Judaism and Christianity and that Jesus was regarded one of the prophets. I also knew that there were periods when the Muslim rulers were rather tolerant of Christians. In short, I found John’s argument persuasive and agreed to translate his booklet of primary sources.
As John explains it in the introduction, “If the Qur’an has been ignored, so has the Sunnah, and the single most neglected aspect of the Sunnah consists of the letters, treaties, and covenants of the Prophet Muhammad… If most Muslims know selected surahs from the Qur’an, and a handful of hadith, few, if any are familiar with the more than three hundred letters, treaties, and covenants produced by the Prophet, may Almighty Allah bless him and his holy household.”
John focused on six manuscripts he extracted from the Sunnah: the Covenant (aka firman or achtiname) of the Prophet Muhammad with:
(1) the Monks of Mount Sinai
(2) the Christians of Persia
(3) the Christians of Najran (on the border of today’s Yemen and Saudi Arabia)
(4) the Christians of the World (Mount Carmel manuscript)
(5) the Christians of the World (Cairo manuscript)
(6) and the Covenant with the Assyrian Christians.
John himself translated the above manuscripts from Arabic to English, except the 2nd and the 6th which he borrowed from previous translators.
The six covenants are not identical. The Prophet granted them to respective Christian communities under unique local circumstances. To give you a flavor, let me quote from the 1stcovenant (Mt. Sinai):
“If a monk or pilgrim seeks protection, in mountain or valley, in a cave or in tilled fields, in the plain, in the desert, or in a church, I am behind them, defending them from every enemy… for they [the monks and the pilgrims] are my protégés and my subjects”.
“A bishop shall not be removed from his bishopric, nor a monk from his monastery, nor a hermit from his tower, nor shall a pilgrim be hindered from his pilgrimage”.
“No churches shall be destroyed, nor shall the money from their churches be used for the building of mosques or houses for the Muslims. Whoever does such a thing violates Allah’s covenant and dissents from the Messenger of Allah”.
“No unjust tax will be imposed, and with the People of the Book there is to be no strife, unless it be over what is for the good”.
“If a Christian woman enters a Muslim household, she shall be received with kindness, and she shall be given opportunity to pray in her church; there shall be no dispute between her and a man who loves her religion”.
All six covenants project the same friendly and protective attitude toward Christians. All six command reciprocity from the Christians. One reads: “Christians shall not be asked to fight for Moslems against the enemies of the Faith, neither shall Moslems at war with foreign nations or engaged in massacre constrain Christians to make common cause with them against the enemy”.
Another says that when “it becomes necessary for them (Christians) to hide a Moslem in their own mansions or houses, they shall give him a place to lie, and take care of him, neither forsaking him, nor leaving him without food, so long as he shall be in hiding”.
One can easily agree with John’s conclusion: “I hope and pray that the publication of these Six Covenants of the Prophet with the Christians of His Time will contribute to the spread of peace, justice, and love throughout the Muslim world. How shameful it is that Takfiri terrorists have soiled the image of Islam, presenting it as a religion of hate and violence… It is high time that we bring back the beauty of Islam”.
John Morrow, an American professor and Muslim peace activist
First a few words about the publisher of these manuscripts. According to his site, “Dr. John Andrew Morrow was born in Montreal, Quebec, Canada, in 1971. Raised in a multilingual family, he lived in Montreal for ten years and in the Greater Toronto Area for another twenty. The product of a Catholic education, he completed his elementary school in French, his high school in English, and his university studies in English, French, and Spanish. He embraced Islam at the age of 16 after which he adopted the name Ilyas ‘Abd al-‘Alim Islam. After completing his Honors BA, MA, and PhD at the University of Toronto, where he acquired expertise in Hispanic, Native, and Islamic Studies, he pursued post-graduate studies in Arabic in Morocco and the United States”.
John is a full professor of Spanish and Islamic Studies at Ivy Tech Community College of Indiana. Recently he reported that his booklet, translated into 13 languages, including the main European languages and Russian, as well as Azeri (for which I contacted my friend in Azerbaijan), is about to be published in one volume. A separate translation into Azeri, with John’s introduction, is already out.
John is not just a scholar, but also pro-peace activist. He and his Muslim associates came up with the so-called Covenants Initiative, an appeal to Muslims of all countries to sign a declaration of empathy with all Christians who have suffered from terrorism throughout the Middle East. It asks Muslims to: <<take a vigorous, proactive, and public stance in support of peaceful Christians presently being attacked by some seriously misguided “Muslims” >>.
In April 2016, I met John during his visit to Washington DC to receive the Interfaith Service Award by Islamic Society of North America (ISNA) “for his efforts to encourage interfaith dialogue and cooperation”.
In August 2016, a number of Grand Muftis, including the Grand Shaykh of Al-Azhar (the highest authority in Sunni Islam), issued a fatwa that explicitly declares that “Salafi-takfirists, Daesh (so-called ‘Islamic State’) and similar extremist groups” are not Muslims. This happened during a conference in Grozny, the capital of Chechnya. A similar statement from the Russian Council of Muftis followed. John was elated: “In one fell swoop, Wahhabism, the official state religion of only two Muslim countries—Saudi Arabia and Qatar—was not part of the majority Muslim agenda any longer.”
Mahatma Gandhi and Leo Tolstoy
Among other reports, attracting my attention was “Shame as a means of social control” by Francis Brassard of Rochester Institute of Technology in Dubrovnik. It was the story of Mahatma Gandhi when he began his career as a lawyer in South Africa. The young Gandhi was so ashamed of his Indian origin and culture that he was always immaculately dressed in suit and tie as a real British gentleman. Only later in life, when he became a champion of the poor and downtrodden, did Gandhi turn to the simplicity of native attire and behavior.
This reminded me of the man whom Gandhi admired, the Russian novelist and philosopher Leo Tolstoy. Gandhi admired Tolstoy not just for the teaching of non-resistance to evil by violence, but also for his turning to the simplicity of Russian peasant attire to signal to the world that his concerns are those of the Russian people.
“Desacralization of the World”
At this year marks the 100th anniversary since the downfall of the tsar and the beginning of a 73-year long Communist experiment in Russia which defined the 20th century, the question arises: What would have happened, if Russia did not abandon its national identity, rooted in Christianity, in favor of Marxism-Leninism, a radical utopian ideology in the garb of “Western”science, progress, and civilization? What if Russia had rejected the temptation of both Western capitalism and Western anti-capitalism in the form of world revolution to abolish all exploitation, inequality and injustice? What if Russia rejected the “science” of Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels and stayed with the wisdom and ethical imperatives of Fyodor Dostoevsky and Leo Tolstoy?
It appears that by opting for a Western “progressive” theory and rejecting its own heritage Russia lost a lot, and gained very little. This is a question to be answered at next such forum whose topic we defined as “Desacralization of Life in Modern World”. After all, the Bolshevik revolution of 1917 was the first to introduce not just “desacralization,” but also desecration of all religious objects–of all confessions–on a mass scale of totalitarian state.
Pelican, the Bird of Peace and Prosperity
One of the delights in Dubrovnik was walking in Old Town (Stari grad) with its mix of ethnic cultures of the Croates, Serbs, and Bosnians; with Catholic churches co-exiting with Christian Orthodox, a Mosque and a Synagogue. What a delight it was just to absorb Dubrovnik’s ancient Latin and Slavic heritage! However, the highlight of our stay in Dubrovnik was the banquette that Professor Siebert gracefully arranged for Alicia and me in Hotel Grand Villa Argentina. After sharing delicious servings of seafood, there came the time-honored ritual of raising toasts for all the guests and for the glorious occasion itself.
I was not talking of a bird of prey seen on several European coats of arms. As a contract interpreter for US State Department, I traveled across all the states. The best state symbol I saw, was that of Louisiana where the French and Anglo cultures have been fused with that of native Indians. It was the image of Pelican, a Bird of Peace, known to be a good provider for its young.
According to Wikipedia, “In medieval Europe, the pelican was thought to be particularly attentive to her young, to the point of providing her own blood by wounding her own breast when no other food was available. As a result, the pelican came to symbolize the Passion of Jesus and the Eucharist, and usurped the image of the lamb and the flag. A reference to this mythical characteristic is contained in the hymn by Saint Thomas Aquinas, “Adoro te devote” or “Humbly We Adore Thee”, where in the penultimate verse he describes Christ as the “loving divine pelican, able to provide nourishment from his breast”
“I envision the future of the EU, USA and Russia in the image of Pelican, a bird of Peace, a diligent provider for its dependents”. I was delighted that all present gracefully accepted my toast.
the former professor and head of Russian Studies at the Monterey Institute of International Studies, California, the founder and president of Russia & America Goodwill Association (http://www.raga.org).
Etiologically Elusive Disorders Research Network (EEDRN), New Delhi India
[themify_hr color=”red”]
A unique research network of medical doctors, neurobiologists, and basic scientists (Etiologically Elusive Disorders Research Network-EEDRN) affiliated to premier medical research institutes from India have explained the mechanism of disorders in brain and behaviour arising due to internet overuse. Based on the mechanism they deciphered, they have also suggested plausible therapeutic approaches. Their research analysis has been published in a reputed international peer reviewed journal ‘Current Psychiatry Reviews’.
Is internet overuse similar to drug addiction? EEDRN – an umbrella body of the doctors and neuroscientists from reputed medical/research institutes of India including All India Institute of Medical Sciences (AIIMS), New Delhi, National Brain Research Centre (NBRC), Haryana, and Ambedkar Centre for Biomedical Research (ACBR), Delhi has given an affirmative answer to this question. According to the paper published by this network, internet overuse indeed has addictive influences, and its accumulating effects may lead to stress manifesting as neurocognitive dysfunction. The gist of their research – based on empirical analysis of peer reviewed literature- explains the representative signs and symptoms, brain regions involved and plausible mechanism of consequent neurocognitive dysfunctions due to internet overuse. These scientists have provided a provisional list of Do’s and Don’ts as therapeutic measures in lieu of the absence of any institutional guidelines regarding the health problems arising from internet overuse.
Internet overuse has risen to epidemic proportions and a majority of people are now spending a lot of time online – seeking sensible information and responding to updates and feedbacks. The neural networks of brain assigned to cognitive functions, get constantly irritated by incoming information and evoke mental reactions. The individual, as a result, becomes vulnerable to many neuropsychiatric dysfunctions viz. irritation, anxiety, obsessive compulsion, indecisiveness, impulsivity, and loss of working memory. Growing body of the research suggests that internet overuse has a significant impact on personal and social relations, socio-political environment, and mental and general health of the users. According to the lead investigators of this research Dr. Ashutosh Kumar and Dr. Muneeb Faiq, the brain is a perpetually information seeking organ and any ceaseless expectation of seemingly rewarding information provided by internet, especially social networking sites, hijacks the reward system of the brain thereby inducing a compulsive internet overuse and a liking for staying constantly online. Dr Muneeb Faiq, a renowned clinical neurobiologist and corresponding author of the article along with Dr Khursheed Raza and Dr Ashutosh Kumar, a leading scientist at EEDRN, highlighted the collective impact of internet overuse related health problems at the population level. They expressed the apprehension that the problem goes beyond geographical boundaries and, if ignored, may mushroom as a ‘Disease of Human Civilization’. Vikas Pareek, a senior PhD scholar and co-author of the article said “internet overuse pathology implicates key brain regions involved in cognitive regulation such as prefrontal cortex decision making, the hippocampus – memory and basal ganglia or striatum – habit formation based on reward. It means internet overuse may have serious effects on learning and social communication in growing up children and teenagers whose brain wiring is still maturing.
Dr Faiq further explained the brain pathogenesis involved in the compulsive use of the internet to the elemental unit of neurons – the synapses – where information is processed – presenting an overt assumption that an overload of information may have toxic effects on the synaptic processing caused by dysregulation of neurotransmitters and synaptic proteins. Such a mechanism may lead to aggressiveness and impulsivity, hampered decision making and forgetfulness. He further added that robustly designed animal model studies will be required to substantiate this assumption but the improbability of translating a purely human specific problem in animal model studies may present a technical challenge.
Sada Nand Pandey, a PhD scholar and co-author of the study, mentioned the influence of internet overuse on eating and sleeping habits, predisposing an individual to common metabolic and functional disorders. He emphasized that the internet over users prefer food items and beverages that provide instant energy leading to related health issues. Their sleep is less and intermittent, thereby, hastening the neurocognitive dysfunction.
Dr Khursheed Raza, Dr Pavan and Sankat Mochan said “When this disease predisposition and neuropsychiatric dysfunction is viewed in terms of the percentage of people involved in internet overuse, the problem becomes serious. Therefore, medical fraternity needs to identify the impact before such diseases are reported in epidemic form.” The authors collectively stressed that complete lack of any authorised diagnostic and therapeutic protocols for internet overuse related health problems either gives rise to neglect or exaggeration. This leads to vague therapeutic suggestions. Hence the issue should be recognized by policy makers and standardization of the diagnostic and therapeutic approaches should come in effect.
It is pertinent to mention that internet overuse related mental health problems are still in wait for proper recognition by Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition (DSM-5) – the highest institutional body for recognition of mental disorders. This is despite the fact that some aspects of the internet overuse (like internet gaming disorder and pornography) have been considered by DSM-5. Internet overuse for general reasons – as in seeking personal and social information, and social media networking – is still to be recognized. The authors believe that the unrecognized effects of internet overuse have wider health impact when considered at a population level.
Q: If Donald Trump, the Commander of Chief of the US Military, is Historically, Theologically and Morally Blind and Also Scientifically Illiterate, Should He be Making Life and Death Decisions for the Planet?
[themify_quote]
“We have grasped the mystery of the atom and rejected the Sermon on the Mount. Ours is a world of nuclear giants and ethical infants. We know more about war than we do about peace – more about killing than we do about living.” — WWII General Omar Bradley
“If (Japan does) not now accept our terms they may expect a rain of ruin from the air, the likes of which has never been seen on this earth.” – US President Harry S. Truman (August 6, 1945)
“North Korea best not make any more threats to the United States…(If they do)they will be met with fire and fury…the likes of which this world has never seen before.” – US President Donald J. Trump (August 8, 2017)
[/themify_quote]
[themify_hr color=”dark-gray”]
On the eve of the anniversary of the United State’s nuclear annihilation of the Christian community of Nagasaki on August 9, 1945, Donald Trump threatened the nuclear destruction of North Korea (including the deaths of thousands or millions of innocents) in ways more devastating than even the nuclear annihilation of Hiroshima and Nagasaki.
The multibillionaire Donald J. Trump, being an over-privileged “Golden Boy” son of a multimillionaire, a narcissist, a sexual predator, a serial liar and an exploitive casino mogul with mob connections, was probably destined to become historically, theologically, morally and scientifically illiterate. It would have been very unusual for someone growing up in that trajectory to turn out otherwise.
Donald Trump is widely acknowledged to have the temperament of an arrogant schoolyard bully with the attitude of a “know-it-all” teen-ager who has no self-awareness that he is factually ignorant of many of the things one would expect of a business or political leader. Wealthy megalomaniacs surround themselves with obedient sycophants who are afraid to tell them the truth about their ignorance, and Trump is no exception.
Trump’s upbringing and adult life experiences allowed him to suffer very few appropriate punishments for his unethical behaviors, sexual conquests and bankruptcy proceedings. His worshipful celebrity status and financial successes have left him with dangerous character traits that include megalomania, sociopathy, narcissism and paranoia, as he has proven over and over again during his campaign rallies and his desecration of the Oval Office.
<<<Trump’s Cozy Relationship with Racists, Militarists and Christian Dominionists>>>
But what is perhaps most dangerous for the planet and for America is his obvious tolerance of – and even advocacy for – white supremacism, American exceptionalism, militarism, sexism and fascism/racism, filling his White House and cabinet with a strange combination of white supremacists and ethically infantile multimillionaires, corporate elites, pro-war militarists, American imperialists and assorted other power-mongers like those of a Christian Dominionist persuasion that could meet the definition of “christofascist” (look it up).
Christian Dominionists have internalized into dogma the many writings of one of the so-called “Christian Reconstructionist” gurus, R. J. Rushdoony (and his Chalcedon Foundation) and they are working tirelessly (and secretly) to recruit and train future political leaders for the time when an American Christian Fundamentalist plurality will reject democracy and create a theocratic nation that will be ruled by a tribunal of punitive male Christian elders – who will institute “sharia-like” Old Testament Law that includes 18 new capital crimes (as prescribed in the “inerrant” Old Testament).
Many Dominionist “christians” joined white supremacists, Neo-Nazis and the KKK (a far right-wing “Christian-based” cult) in voting for Trump. Many of them have been indoctrinated since childhood into believing in the mythical and non-biblical “Rapture theory” that will occur at the end of time. They believe that the Rapture will save them from the “fire and fury” that is described in the “inerrant” book of Revelation – where non-believing heretics will be “left behind” to suffer horribly as the earth is destroyed by a wrathful god. (Rushdoony’sphilosophy was that their wrathful god has given white male Christians dominion over the earth [which includes the animals, the land, the water, women, and all the heathen nations] and that a theocratic government, operating according to Old Testament Law is God’s will. Hard-core dominionists believe that democracy is apostasy and that only Christians should be able to vote. (Read more at www.theocracywatch.org or read the comprehensive article at: http://www.patheos.com/blogs/unreasonablefaith/2009/05/r-j-rushdoony-reconstructionist-and-racist-bigot/#z0luYlZdblfpUHKv.99)
Many of those who have been gradually and often secretly grabbing political power at national, state and local levels have supported policies that are proto-fascist. Some of them are in Trump’s circle (perhaps unbeknownst to him) and are also in favor of the first use of nuclear weapons. Some of them have access to the nuclear codes (including Christian Dominionist Mike Pence if and when Trump is physically or mentally incapacitated or permanently impeached).
<<<To Trump’s Christian Dominionist Supporters, Nuclear Holocaust and Armageddon Might be Equivalent>>>
What should really worry every thinking person is that none of the imposters in the White House seem to have any awareness of the concept of “nuclear winter”, although “nuclear holocaust” might just be close enough for Christian Dominionists to represent a substitution for their long-anticipated and sometimes desired Armageddon.
Looking beyond the implications of the significant portion of right-wing (both ‘christian” and non-christian) voters that constitute Trump’s voting base the NeoNazi and KKK Trump voters raised their ugly heads at Charlottesville, Virginia a few days ago. Three weeks earlier (on July 27, 2017) the commander of the US Pacific fleet, US Navy Admiral Scott H. Swift, stated that he would obediently order the launch of a nuclear strike against China if President Trump ordered it.
All this is happening partly because of the artificial, media-enhanced, fake “crisis” that has been orchestrated between two saber-rattling, third-rate megalomaniacal wannabe dictators that have the legal (but not the ethical) right and ability to order the use of nuclear weapons to target and kill innocent bystanders and their homes and places of employment and permanently poison the earth and the oceans.
<<<Blow-Back>>>
Neither megalomaniac has expressed any awareness of the concept of “blow-back” that the World War I poison gas artillerymen first experienced when they shot their chlorine gas and mustard gas shells at the enemy and saw the wind change direction 180 degrees.
Of course, what the major media that are fanning the so-called “North Korean” crisis (that has no realistic military solution, according to the Pentagon) is that North Korea may not have the guided missile technology that is precise enough to hit targets smaller than the Sea of Japan.(Note: Authorities say that North Korea’s most recent and most powerful ”intercontinental” ballistic missile only traveled 580 miles and was in the air for only 39 minutes, but in order to strike the US, an ICBM would need a range of at least 4,800 miles.)
<<<Wars and Rumors of War can be Good Investment Opportunities>>>
Of course profiteers that have special interests and investments in war industries would like to see a bump up of another highly profitable arms race. Think of the money to be made by investing in weapons industries just before a president declares war! Think of the job security and pension enhancement of the career officer classes when somebody in the White House is a Hawk! (Think corporate Wall Street/DOW-Jones Industrial entities like Lockheed Martin, Boeing, General Dynamics, Northrup Grumman, etc and governmental War Street entities like the DOD, STRATCOM, AFRICOM, the Joint Chiefs of Staff, the DOE, Seal Team Six, Blackwater [and the many other privatized mercenary corporations that profit from war]).
There are thousands of for-profit corporations whose paymasters fund well-positioned lobbyists that know all the legal and illegal tricks of bribing US politicians, influencing various governmental bodies and paying off major media outlets with their lucrative, the current one in the form of warning everybody that US coastal cities are in danger of being hit by a North Korean missile. But, of course, the chance of a precise missile strike from the Korean peninsula to a US city none or zero for North Korea’s third-rate military machine, and such a possibility is far less likely to happen than would be an accidental firing of a US nuclear missile in a provocative war game scenario. Sadly, the news-consuming public can be easily manipulated into believing any and all of the propaganda that comes out of the mouths of alleged authority figures that have a podium, pulpit or microphone and have the capability of convening a press conference.
<<<False Flag Ops Can Bolster Failing Presidencies>>>
Manufactured crises can be expected to temporarily save failing presidencies, and so false flag operations are trusted components of any president’s political strategy, as is also true when a nation’s power elite sees its hidden agendas threatened. (Ex: the assassination of JFK averted the possibility of America’s withdrawal from Vietnam; the Kuwait “invasion” by Saddam Hussein that was allowed to happen by the US State Department and the US invasion of Iraq temporarily boosted George H. W. Bush’s popularity; the missile attacks in Sudan and Afghanistan boosted Bill Clinton’s popularity; the dramatic controlled demolitions of the three World Trade Center Towers on 9/11/01 and the subsequent illegal invasion and war in Afghanistan (that predictably spread to Iraq, to Syria, Libya and beyond, boosted George W. Bush’s popularity; the alleged killing of Osama bin Laden (who had been documented to have already died in 2002) temporarily boosted Barack Obama’s (and Hillary Clinton’s) popularity; the Cruise missile barrage against Syria temporarily boosted Trump’s poll numbers; and an orchestrated war crisis against North Korea will surely obscure – and possibly save – Trump’s failing presidency).
<<<Harry Truman May Have Been Scientifically Illiterate, but he Wasn’t Historically Illiterate>>>
In 1945 US President Harry Truman was far from historically illiterate, but he was surely scientifically ignorant about anything related to nuclear power or what was the impact of radioactive nuclear weapons materials like uranium and plutonium, or the fall-out waste products like radioactive strontium, cesium, iodine, etc on the bodies of actual humans that are downwind from Ground Zero.
In the case of nuclear weapons, President Franklin Delano Roosevelt and his military planning commissions had kept Vice President Truman entirely in the dark about the Manhattan Project. Truman’s first information about nuclear weapons happened right after he took the oath of office after FDR’s death, April 12, 1945. At the time VE Day was still a month away
The original target for the military planners that funded the Manhattan Project was the fascist Third Reich and Adolf Hitler’s Deutschland Uber Alles imperialist agenda that coveted the resources outside its borders that, if stolen, could make Germany Great Again. The original intention to drop the bombs on Germany energized the many brilliant Jewish scientists that had signed up to develop them, although some of them had second thoughts when they were dropped on civilian targets in Japan,
But the war in the European theater ended before the bombs were ready to be deployed, and so, rather than abandoning the project (too much momentum and money spent to stop it) and to justify the tens of billions of dollars spent (in 2017 dollar equivalence) in developing and delivering the bombs, Japanese cities became the targets, even though both sides knew that Japan had already lost the war.
So in view of the above, it seems appropriate to point out some of the hidden history of Nagasaki and the war crimes that the US military planners committed against non-combatants in Japan on the 72nd anniversary of the day that will forever live in infamy. Please see my 2016 Duty to Warn column on the history of the Nagasaki bombing by googling “Christianity and the Nagasaki Bombing” or go directly to https://consortiumnews.com/2016/08/09/christianity-and-the-nagasaki-bomb/.
The following quotes are appropriate words of wisdom that speak to the following three Trump administration moral crises:
1) The NeoNazi, KKK and White Supremacist power and influence in Donald Trump’s White House;
2) The ill-conceived saber-rattling of the historically illiterate, ignorant, amoral and too-powerful Donald Trump; and
3) the threat of a gradual Christian Dominionist take-over of the US government by the likes of smiley-faced, christofascist wolves in sheep’s clothing like Mike Spence, Ted Cruz, Mike Huckaby (and presumably also Sarah Huckaby Sanders), Sarah Palin,Michelle Bachmann,Pat Robertson, Jerry Falwell, Tim LaHaye, James Dobson, D. James Kennedy, Michael Huckaby, Gary North, Francis Schaeffer, Paul Hill (the infamous Planned Parenthood murderer), etc, etc. (For more, google “Theocracy Watch”.)
The quotes below are from courageous thinkers that have seen through the propaganda that has spawned and then perpetuated the nefarious agendas of yesteryear’s corporate-controlled media, corporate-controlled politics, corporate-controlled advertising and our corporate-controlled government.
These quotes are intended as teaching tools for peace and justice and anti-fascist activists and as learning opportunities for citizens who may be in lukewarm support of the agendas of the war-mongers in the US Congress, the White House, the Pentagon and the Mainstream Corporate-controlled Media. Hopefully they will also be read by the various cheerleaders for war everywhere and by the multitude of war profiteers on Wall Street, War Street and in the Oval Office.
NOTE: the list of antifascist quotes below does not contain quotes from Christian Dominionists or White Supremacists. Those quotes can be obtained elsewhere. This list contains 4,400 words. For Duluth Reader readers, the entire list of quotes will be archived at: http://duluthreader.com/articles/categories/200_Duty_to_Warn.
Quotes by Courageous Anti-Fascists
[themify_quote]
“A country that has dangled the sword of nuclear holocaust over the world for half a century and claims that someone else invented terrorism is a country out of touch with reality.” — John K. Stoner, co-founder of Every Church A Peace Church (2001)
“As a physician, I contend that nuclear technology threatens life on our planet with extinction. If present trends continue, the air we breathe, the food we eat, and the water we drink will soon be contaminated with enough radioactive pollutants to pose a potential health hazard far greater than any plague humanity has ever experienced.” — Dr. Helen Caldicott
“Aggressive militarization under the rubric of defense against terrorism threatens to provoke a chain reaction among nuclear nations, big and small, that, once set in motion, may prove impossible to control. No military confrontation anywhere in the world is free from this ominous and ever-present danger.” — Helen Caldicott, from “The New Nuclear Danger” (2002)
“Conceit, arrogance and egotism are the essentials of patriotism. Patriotism assumes that our globe is divided into little spots, each one surrounded by an iron gate. Those who had the fortune of being born on some particular spot, consider themselves better, nobler, grander and more intelligent than the living beings inhabiting any other spot. It is, therefore, the duty of everyone living on that chosen spot to fight, kill and die in the attempt to impose his superiority upon all others.” — Emma Goldman
“Behind the ostensible government sits enthroned an invisible government owing no allegiance and acknowledging no responsibility to the people. To destroy this invisible government, to befoul the unholy alliance between corrupt business and corrupt politics is the first task of the statesmanship of the day.” — Theodore Roosevelt (1906)
“The President is merely the most important among a large number of public servants. He should be supported or opposed exactly to the degree which is warranted by his good conduct or bad conduct, his efficiency or inefficiency in rendering loyal, able, and disinterested service to the Nation as a whole. Therefore it is absolutely necessary that there should be full liberty to tell the truth about his acts, and this means that it is exactly necessary to blame him when he does wrong as to praise him when he does right. Any other attitude in an American citizen is both base and servile. To announce that there must be no criticism of the President, or that we are to stand by the President, right or wrong, is not only unpatriotic and servile, but is morally treasonable to the American public.” — President Theodore Roosevelt (who sometimes talked like an anti-fascist, but who often acted otherwise) from an editorial for the Kansas City Star (May 7, 1918)
“We were constantly told by our friends, ‘Who were we to differ with able statesmen, with men of sensitive conscience who also absolutely abhorred war, but were convinced that this war for the preservation of democracy would make all future wars impossible, that the priceless values of civilization which were at stake could at this moment be saved only by war?’ But these very dogmatic statements spurred one to alarm. Was not war in the interest of democracy for the salvation of civilization a contradiction of terms, whoever said it or however often it was repeated?” — Jane Addams, Nobel Peace Prize Winner and Founder of Hull House; from “Personal Reactions During War” (1922)
“A nation can survive its fools – even the ambitious. But it cannot survive treason from within. An enemy at the gates is less formidable, for he is known and he carries his banners openly. But the traitor moves among those within the gate freely, his sly whispers rustling through all the galleys, heard in the very hall of government itself. For the traitor appears not a traitor — he speaks in the accents familiar to his victims, and wears their face and their garment, and he appeals to the baseness that lies deep in the hearts of all men. He rots the soul of a nation — he works secretly and unknown to undermine the pillars of a city — he infects the body politic so that it can no longer resist. A murderer is less to be feared.” — Cicero (42 BC)
On some great and glorious day the plain folks of the land will reach their heart’s desire at last, and the White House will be adorned by a downright moron.” — H. L. Mencken – Baltimore Sun (1920)
“…the whole aim of practical politics is to keep the populace alarmed (and hence clamorous to be led to safety) by an endless series of hobgoblins, most of them imaginary.” — H. L. Mencken (1922)
“No one ever became poor underestimating the intelligence of the American consumer.” — H. L. Mencken “The men the American people admire most extravagantly are the most daring liars; the men they detest most violently are those who try to tell them the truth.” — H. L. Mencken ”Certified lunatics are shut up because of their proneness to violence when their pretensions are questioned; the uncertified variety are given the control of powerful armies, and can inflict death and disaster upon all sane men within their reach.” — Bertrand Russell
“From whence shall we expect the approach of danger? Shall some trans-Atlantic military giant step the earth and crush us at a blow? Never. All the armies of Europe and Asia…could not by force take a drink from the Ohio River or make a track on the Blue Ridge in a thousand years. No, if destruction be our lot we must ourselves be its author and finisher. As a nation of free men we will live forever or die by suicide.” — Abraham Lincoln
“Thank God forDemocracy Now! Journalism is almost dead as we move into this Neofascist age. And thank god you all are still willing to tell the truth. I think Trump is already betraying working people in terms of making sure that Wall Street is in the driver’s seat. And what I mean by that is that in an emerging Neofascist moment, you have the rule of big business, which is big banks and big corporations (who control what the mainstream media is allowed to report).” — Cornel West
“Neofascists scapegoat the most vulnerable. It could be Muslims, Mexicans, gay brothers, lesbian sisters, indigenous peoples, black peoples, Jews, and so on. And then they also have militaristic orientations around the world. …Under a Trump administration….it’s clear that the One Percent are still running things.” — Cornel West
“The politicians are put there to give you the idea that you have freedom of choice. You don’t. You have no choice. You have owners. They own you. They own everything. They own all the important land. They own and control the corporations. They’ve long since bought and paid for the Senate, the Congress, the state houses, the city halls. They got the judges in their back pockets and they own all the big media companies, so they control just about all of the news and information you get to hear. They got you by the balls. They spend billions of dollars every year lobbying. Lobbying to get what they want.
“Well, we know what they want. They want more for themselves and less for everybody else, but I’ll tell you what they don’t want. They don’t want a population of citizens capable of critical thinking. They don’t want well-informed, well-educated people capable of critical thinking. They’re not interested in that. That doesn’t help them. That’s against their interests.
“They want obedient workers. Obedient workers, people who are just smart enough to run the machines and do the paperwork….
“It’s a big club and you ain’t in it. You and I are not in the big club. …The table is tilted, folks. The game is rigged and nobody seems to notice…. Nobody seems to care. That’s what the owners count on…. It’s called the American Dream, ’cause you have to be asleep to believe it.” — George Carlin
“In politics, nothing happens by accident. If it happens, you can bet it was planned that way.” – Franklin Delano Roosevelt
“The first truth is that the liberty of a democracy is not safe if the people tolerate the growth of private (and corporate) power to a point where it becomes stronger than the democratic state itself. That, in its essence, is fascism — ownership of government by an individual, by a group, or by any other controlling private (or corporate) power…. Among us today a concentration of private (and corporate) power without equal in history is growing.” — Franklin D. Roosevelt
“If you don’t read the newspaper you are uninformed; if you do read the newspaper you are misinformed.” — Mark Twain
“It’s ridiculous to talk about freedom in a society dominated by huge corporations. What kind of freedom is there inside a corporation? They’re totalitarian institutions – you take orders from above and maybe give them to people below you. There’s about as much freedom as under Stalinism.” — Noam Chomsky
“When fascism comes to America, it will be wrapped in the flag and carrying a cross.” — Sinclair Lewis
“The split in America, rather than simply economic, is between those who embrace reason, who function in the real world of cause and effect, and those who, numbed by isolation and despair, now seek meaning in a mythical world of intuition, a world that is no longer reality-based, a world of magic.” – Chris Hedges, from “American Fascists: The Christian Right and the War on America”
“Still another danger is represented by those who, paying lip service to democracy and the common welfare, in their insatiable greed for money and the power which money gives, do not hesitate surreptitiously to evade the laws designed to safeguard the public from monopolistic extortion. “Their final objective toward which all their deceit is directed is to capture political power so that, using the power of the state and the power of the market simultaneously, they may keep the common man in eternal subjection. “They claim to be super-patriots, but they would destroy every liberty guaranteed by the Constitution. “They are patriotic in time of war because it is to their interest to be so, but in time of peace they follow power and the dollar wherever they may lead.” – Henry A. Wallace (Vice Presidentunder FDR)
“A fascist is one whose lust for money or power is combined with such an intensity of intolerance toward those of other races, parties, classes, religions, cultures, regions or nations as to make him ruthless in his use of deceit or violence to attain his ends.” — Henry A. Wallace
“Individual citizens have the duty to violate domestic laws (and disobey orders in wartime) to prevent crimes against peace and humanity.” — The judges at the Nuremberg trials that condemned Nazi war criminals
“The great enemy of the truth is very often not the lie— deliberate, contrived and dishonest -but the myth, persistent, persuasive, and unrealistic. Belief in myths allows the comfort of opinion without the discomfort of thought.” – President John Fitzgerald Kennedy
“Those who make peaceful revolution impossible will make violent revolution inevitable.” — John F. Kennedy
“War will exist until that distant day when the conscientious objector enjoys the same reputation and prestige that the warrior does today.” — John F. Kennedy
“The most important topic on earth: peace. What kind of peace do we seek? Not a Pax Americana enforced on the world by American weapons of war. Not the peace of the grave or the security of the slave. I am talking about genuine peace, the kind of peace that makes life on earth worth living, the kind that enables men and nations to grow and to hope and to build a better life for their children — not merely peace for Americans but peace for all men and women — not merely peace in our time but peace for all time.” — John F. Kennedy, American University commencement address, Washington, 10 June 1963. (Five months prior to his assassination)
“The further a society drifts from the truth, the more it will hate those that speak it.” — George Orwell
“It is forbidden to kill; therefore all murderers are punished – unless they kill in large numbers and to the sound of trumpets.” — Voltaire
”A patriot must always be ready to defend his country against his government.” — Edward Abbey (1927-1989)
“Those who take oaths to politically powerful secret societies cannot be depended on for loyalty to a democratic republic.” — President John Quincy Adams
“The project of the conservative throughout the ages is the search for a higher moral justification for selfishness. This is still worth every word of political philosophy written since the war, as well as being a damn good explanation of why self-styled “Libertarians” and traditional conservatives stick together.” — John Kenneth Galbraith, economist and ambassador
“Wars throughout history have been waged for conquest and plunder. It is the ruling class that declares the wars, and it is the working class who fights all the battles and furnishes the corpses. The ruling class continually talks about “patriotic duty”, but it is not their duty but your patriotic duty that they are concerned about. There is a decided difference. Their patriotic duty never takes them to the firing line or chucks them into the trenches.” — Eugene V. Debs
“We annually spend on military security more than the net income of all United States corporations. This conjunction of an immense military establishment and a large arms industry is new in the American experience. The total influence — economic, political, even spiritual — is felt in every city, every State house, every office of the Federal government. We recognize the imperative need for this development. Yet we must not fail to comprehend its grave implications. Our toil, resources and livelihood are all involved; so is the very structure of our society. In the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist. We must never let the weight of this combination endanger our liberties or democratic processes.” — President Dwight D. Eisenhower in a televised speech 1961
“I am sick and tired of war. Its glory is all moonshine. It is only those who have neither fired a shot nor heard the shrieks and groans of the wounded who cry aloud for blood, for vengeance, for desolation. War is hell.” — William Tecumseh Sherman (Civil War General)
“The greatest threat to our world and its peace comes from those who want war, who prepare for it, and who, by holding out vague promises of future peace or by instilling fear of foreign aggression, try to make us accomplices to their plans.” — Hermann Hesse
“The world is a dangerous place, not because of those who do evil, but because of those who look on and do nothing.” — Albert Einstein
“He who joyfully marches to music in rank and file has already earned my contempt. He has been given a large brain by mistake, since for him the spinal cord would fully suffice…Heroism at command, senseless brutality, deplorable love-of country stance – how violently I hate all this; how despicable and ignoble war is…I would rather be torn to shreds than be part of so base an action. It is my conviction that killing under the cloak of war is nothing but an act of murder.” — Albert Einstein
“It is from numberless diverse acts of courage and belief that human history is shaped. Each time a person stands up for an ideal, or acts to improve the lot of others, or strikes out against injustice, he sends forth a tiny ripple of hope, and crossing each other from a million different centers of energy and daring, those ripples build a current which can sweep down the mightiest walls of oppression and resistance.” — Robert F. Kennedy (from a UN speech on June 6, 1966, exactly 2 years before his assassination)
“Our Gross National Product now is over 800 billion dollars a year; but that Gross National Product counts air pollution and cigarette advertising, and ambulances to clear our highways of carnage…special locks for our doors and the jails for the people who break them…the destruction of the redwood and the loss of our natural wonder in chaotic sprawl, napalm, nuclear warheads and armored cars for the police to fight the riots in our cities, the television programs which glorify violence in order to sell toys to our children…Yet the Gross National Product does not allow for the health of our children, the quality of their education or the joy of their play. It does not include the beauty of our poetry or the strength of our marriages, the intelligence of our public debate or the integrity of our public officials. It measures neither our wit nor our courage, neither our wisdom nor our learnings, neither our compassion nor our devotion to our country…It measures everything, in short, except that which makes life worthwhile. And it can tell us everything about America except why we are proud to be Americans.” — Robert F. Kennedy (March 18, 1968, 10 weeks before his assassination)
“Spending hundreds of billions of dollars on Star Wars will take money away from education, programs for women and children, and health care. There is a direct link between promoting weapons for space and the destabilization of our communities. People must connect these struggles.” — Bruce Gagnon
“In this time of war against Osama bin Laden and the oppressive Taliban regime, we are thankful that OUR leader isn’t the spoiled son of a powerful politician from a wealthy oil family who is supported by religious fundamentalists, operates through clandestine organizations, has no respect for the democratic electoral process, bombs innocents, and uses war to deny people their civil liberties. Amen.” — The prayer of Huey Freedman, from “The Boondocks” cartoon (during George W Bush’s presidency)
“Security policy” has led us into the most dire insecurity the world has ever faced. The politics of nuclear confrontation imposes a brand of insanity upon us that says, ‘In order to defend freedom, we must be prepared to destroy life itself.’ The system is bankrupt when humanity shrinks from recognizing that it is in the process of destroying itself. The enormous expenditure of energy, scientific sophistication and wealth on the military is the main cause of poverty, inflation and despair in the world.” — Petra Kelly from “Fighting For Hope” (1984)
“If ye love wealth better than liberty, the tranquility of servitude better than the animating contest of freedom, go home from us in peace. We ask not your counsels or arms. Crouch down and lick the hands which feed you. May your chains set lightly upon you, and may posterity forget that ye were our countrymen.” — Samuel Adams from a speech at the Philadelphia State House, August 1, 1776
“All that was required of them (i.e. the brain-washed masses) was a primitive patriotism which could be appealed to whenever it was necessary to make them accept longer working hours or shorter rations. And even when they became discontented, as they sometimes did, their discontent led nowhere, because, being without general ideas, they could only focus it on petty specific grievances. The larger evils invariably escaped their notice.” — George Orwell from “1984”
“And it seems to me perfectly in the cards that there will be within the next generation or so a pharmacological method of making people love their servitude, and producing a kind of painless concentration camp for entire societies, so that people will in fact have their liberties taken away from them but will rather enjoy it, because they will be distracted from any desire to rebel by propaganda, brainwashing, or brainwashing enhanced by pharmacological methods.” — Aldous Huxley from “Brave New World” (1959)
“A society whose citizens refuse to see and investigate the facts and who refuse to believe that their government and their media will routinely lie to them and fabricate a reality contrary to verifiable facts, is a society that chooses and deserves the Police State Dictatorship it’s going to get.” — Ian Williams Goddard
“With numbing regularity good people were seen to knuckle under the demands of authority and perform actions that were callous and severe. Men who are in everyday life responsible and decent were seduced by the trappings of authority, by the control of their perceptions, and by the uncritical acceptance of the experimenter’s definition of the situation, into performing harsh acts. A substantial proportion of people do what they are told to do, irrespective of the content of the act and without limitations of conscience, so long as they perceive that the command comes from a legitimate authority” — Stanley Milgram from “Obedience to Authority” 1965
“Individuals have international duties which transcend the national obligations of obedience. Therefore (individual citizens) have the duty to (refuse to obey) domestic laws to prevent crimes against peace and humanity from occurring.”– Nuremberg War Crime Tribunal, 1950
“You assist an evil system most effectively by obeying its orders and decrees. An evil system never deserves such allegiance. Allegiance to it means partaking of the evil. A good person will resist an evil system with his or her whole soul.” — Gandhi
“Civil disobedience is not our problem. Our problem is civil obedience. Our problem is that numbers of people all over the world have obeyed the dictates of the leaders of their government and have gone to war, and millions have been killed because of this obedience. Our problem is that people are obedient all over the world in the face of poverty and starvation and stupidity and war and cruelty. Our problem is that people are obedient while the jails are full of petty thieves, and all the while the grand thieves are running the country. That’s our problem.” — Howard Zinn from “Failure to Quit”
“It may well be that the greatest tragedy of this period of social change is not the glaring noisiness of the so-called bad people, but the silence of the so-called good people.” — Martin Luther King. Jr.
“If you see injustice and say nothing, you have taken the side of the oppressor.” — Desmund Tutu South African Anglican Archbishop
“To plunder, to slaughter, to steal, these things they misname empire; and where they make a desert, they call it peace.” — Tacitus
“Oh Lord our God, help us to tear their soldiers to bloody shreds with our shells; help us to cover their smiling fields with the pale forms of their patriot dead; help us to drown out the thunder of guns with the shrieks of their wounded, writhing in pain; help us to lay waste their humble homes with a hurricane of fire; help us to turn them out roofless with their little children to wander un-befriended the wastes of their desolated land. We ask it, in the spirit of love, of Him Who is the Source of Love. Amen.” — Mark Twain (the unspoken satirical Christian Patriot’s pulpit prayer to “Support Our Troops”)
“A tyrant must put on the appearance of uncommon devotion to religion. Subjects are less apprehensive of illegal treatment from a ruler whom they consider god-fearing and pious. On the other hand, they do less easily move against him, believing that he has the gods on his side.” – Aristotle
“It will be a great day when our schools get all the money they need and the air force has to hold a bake sale to buy a bomber” — Women’s International League for Peace and Freedom (WILPF)
“Globalization is but another name for colonization — nothing has changed but the name. And, just as the East India Company was the instrument for colonization, today’s corporation is the instrument for globalization. And, corporatization is but another name for Fascism.” — Urban Kohler
“We must bear in mind that imperialism is a world system, the last stage of capitalism and it must be defeated in a world confrontation. The strategic end of this struggle should be the destruction of imperialism. Our share, the responsibility of the exploited and underdeveloped of the world, is to eliminate the foundations of imperialism: oppressed nations, from where they extract capital, raw materials, technicians, and cheap labor, and to which they export new capital-instruments of domination-arms and all kinds of articles, thus submerging us in an absolute dependence.” — Ernesto Che Guevara
“The lowest standards of ethics of which a right-thinking man can possibly conceive is taught to the common soldier whose trade is to shoot his fellow men. In youth he may have learned the command, ‘Thou shalt not kill,’ but the ruler takes the boy just as he enters manhood and teaches him that his highest duty is to shoot a bullet through his neighbor’s heart – and this, unmoved by passion or feeling or hatred, and without the least regard to right or wrong, but simply because his ruler gives the word.” — Clarence Darrow from “Resist Not Evil”
“Whenever a people… entrusts the defense of their country to a regular, standing army, composed of mercenaries, the power of that country will remain under the direction of the most wealthy citizens.” — An anonymous ‘framer’ of the US Constitution – Independent Gazetteer (1791)
“We are apt to shut our eyes against a painful truth…Are we disposed to be of the number of those, who having eyes, see not, and having ears, hear not, the things which so nearly concern their temporal salvation? For my part, whatever anguish of spirit it might cost, I am willing to know the whole truth; to know the worst, and to provide for it.” — Patrick Henry – Virginia Convention (1775)
“A common and natural result of an undue respect for law is that you may see a file of soldiers, colonels, captains, corporals, privates, powder-monkeys, and all marching in admirable order over hill and dale to the wars, against their wills, ay, against their common sense and consciences, which makes it very steep marching indeed, and produces a palpitation of the heart. They have no doubt that it is a damnable business in which they are concerned; they are all peaceably inclined. Now, what are they? Men or small movable forts and magazines, at the service of some unscrupulous man in power?” — Henry David Thoreau
“The unwilling, led by the unqualified, doing the unnecessary for the indifferent and ungrateful.” — Anonymous Grafitti describing the reality of the Vietnam War
[/themify_quote]
[themify_box]
Dr. Gary G. Kohls, MD
Dr Gary G Kohls MD
is a retired physician who practiced holistic, non-drug, mental health care for the last decade of his forty year family practice career. He is a contributor to and an endorser of the efforts of the Citizens Commission on Human Rights and was a member of MindFreedom International, the International Center for the Study of Psychiatry and Psychology, and the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies.
While running his independent clinic, he published over 400 issues of his Preventive Psychiatry E-Newsletter, which was emailed to a variety of subscribers. (They have not been archived at any website.) In the early 2000s, Dr Kohls taught a graduate level psychology course at the University of Minnesota Duluth. It was titled “The Science and Psychology of the Mind-Body Connection”.
Since his retirement, Dr Kohls has been writing a weekly column (titled “Duty to Warn”) for the Duluth Reader, an alternative newsweekly published in Duluth, Minnesota. He offers teaching seminars to the public and to healthcare professionals.
Vivek Umrao Glendenning The Founder, CEO, and the Editor, Ground Report India The Vice-Chancellor, The Gokul Social University Co-Founder, The Gokul Social University
The Gokul Social University, GSU
A non-formal community university founded by Sanjay Sajjan Singh, Sanjeev Narayan Singh and Vivek Umrao in 2007, Gokul Social University, GSU, works for sustainable economy, peace, social harmony, and self-sufficiency. GSU's main campus covers an area of three acres. Toilets, a pond, trees, a cow shelter, a cow-dung based energy plant, a bore-well driven by renewable energy are all part of the main campus. In addition, there is a quadrangle for growing vegetables and farmland. Located on the link road in the rural area of Aurangabad district in Bihar. Also, the building serves as a non-formal school for children from poor farming families from the surrounding villages. To generate electricity and cook food on the GSU campus, cow dung and solar energy are being used. The campus is frequently visited by farmers and villagers from Aurangabad and its neighbouring districts.
Ramrekha River
It was around 70 years ago when the Ramrekha River, which had been running locally for hundreds of years, and was one of the main lifelines for the region, dried up. In 1952, after a series of droughts for a few years, local villagers began to request to the government that the government resolve the water draught issue. People's representatives have always promised to get votes before every election of the state assembly and national parliament, but even after passing decades after decades, there has never been any initiative on this. After some time, the groundwater in the region also dried up. As a result of this situation, this area had been experiencing severe drought for more than twenty years, until just one year ago.
The insurgency region
The development, even a preliminary one, has never been reached in the area. As a result of preterition for decades, a continuous drought and poverty, the local villagers started to engage in insurgency activities. As time passed, this very backward region with no connecting roads and no other civilian facilities, became profoundly affected by the activities of the insurgents. As far as administrative areas are concerned, they fall within the Gaya and Aurangabad districts in the state of Bihar. There are many government armed forces camps in the region due to the rebel activities in the region. In the area one could see the threatening notice boards put up by the different committees of insurgents.
The First step towards “the transmutation”
A delegation of farmers from the region visited the campus of Gokul Social University, GSU, in 2011. The farmers stated, even though they would like to be part of the cow and agriculture-based self-sustaining economy, how can they do so since their villages lack access to water? More than two decades have passed since they have been suffering from severe drought. Around seventy years ago, the Ramrekha river dried up. There was a strong feeling from the delegation that the GSU should support their efforts to raise political pressure on the government by using the mass strength of local areas.
The GSU suggested solutions for dealing with water issues and the drought by taking constructive approaches, rather than relying on government agencies for the solutions. It is likely that those farmers did not understand the concept of self-sustainability that day, therefore they left and did not return. Though they didn't contact, the GSU decided to move on.
Dialogues with one hundred thousands people of two hundred villages in four years
Gokul Social University, GSU, initiated the movement with preliminary discussions with local villagers. It took around four years, from the year 2011 to the end of the year 2014, to reach "the consensus” for building a rainwater harvesting RWH dam for the rejuvenation of the Ramrekha river. Also, for constructing a canal to connect villages to get water across the mountains. After the preliminary dialogues with villagers, the foot marches were started for determiner-dialogues to motivate also to get local people's support.
Over five hundred mass meetings were held in many villages in four years. Over the course of four years, the GSU team held dialogues with more than one hundred thousand people in two hundred villages in Gaya and Aurangabad districts. For over two years, the GSU led around twenty-five thousand people from over ten thousand families from forty villages in building the RWH dam, as well as the Ramrekha canal that passes through the mountains to irrigate the villages.
The hard path was chosen, unanimously
The easy path, By building the RWH dam beneath the mountain, no need to construct a canal that passes through the mountain for around two kilometers.
Input: Relative to building a canal through a mountain, there is much less physical labour, much less financial assets, much less mass involvement.
Output: Fewer catchment areas, less groundwater and surface water storage, no revitalization of the Ramrekha River, and insufficient water to irrigate many villages.
The hard path, Putting the RWH dam in the mountain's largest catchment area will make it necessary to construct a canal that will pass through around two kilometres of the mountain.
Input: endless effort, money, willpower, mass involvement, as well as patience and loyalty.
Output: Big catchment area, high groundwater storage, large surface water storage, revival of the Ramrekaha river, and large area available for irrigation.
As a result of the GSU's continuous dialogue, it has generated large momentum, deeper social bonds, and a far-sighted vision to resolve the water problem and improve the quality of life. The easy path was never considered, and the hard path was unanimously chosen.
—Photo Album—
Constructing the Ramrekha canal, passing through the mountains by hand and with traditional tools
Thousands of financially weak, but very strong-willed, villagers took on the challenge of the big rocky mountain on the 31st of December 2014, the first day. Although it was almost impossible to dig heavy rocks by bare hands using spades, big hammers, and other traditional tools, they built the two kilometer long, twenty-two foot deep, seventeen foot wide Ramrekha canal. In the two kilometres of canal there is an open tunnel through the mountain for one and a half kilometres.
—Photo—
Women leadership with the zeal of the victory, in the Ramrekha canal
There were hundreds of people working each day, with a maximum of two thousand people a day. Approximately one thousand people worked each day for two months. On average, a hundred people per day dug the canal through the mountain for one and a half years.
Sanjay Sajjan Singh also contributed physical labour for many days
The water was carried by hundreds of people from long distances for many weeks. Water was used to soften the grip of rocks. Over twenty-five thousand people contributed around five hundred thousand hours of physical labor to build the canal and the RWH dam.
Although, the Ramrekha canal was ready for use in the month of June in the year 2016. To irrigate more villages, the works of widening and lengthening the canal continue due to the massive water storage and rejuvenation of the river.
—Photo Album—
The construction cost of the Ramrekha canal
Shabhu Ram
In total, forty thousand people supported the cause financially and twenty-five thousand contributed physically as well. Though they did not belong to the beneficiary villages, poor people felt a strong bond with the purpose. A poor cobbler, for example, donated the entire earnings of a few days. He is not a shop owner; he sits outside a shop. Also, He is not from a beneficiary village.
In total, the Ramrekha canal cost about 600,000 USD (0.6 million USD) including human labor. There is no funding from any funding agency, any nonprofit organization, or any government department. All assets were provided by the local community.
The "Buda-Budi" RWH dam
Amla Ashok Ruia
Despite starting many months after the canal, the construction of the RWH dam and the Ramrekha canal were completed almost simultaneously. The total cost of building the Buda-Budi dam, including manpower, was about 150,000 USD (0.15 million USD). Approximately 40,000 USD, given by Mumbai's philanthropist and water social entrepreneur, Amla Ashok Ruia.
Buda-Budi Dam is in Chhakarbandha, Dumariya block, Gaya district, and the Ramrekha Canal runs from Chhakarbandha to Dev block in Aurangabad district in Bihar.
—Photo Album—
The output:
After many decades, the Ramrekha River now flows with water year-round.
Annual income increased of villages in the first year = $10 million.
Irrigated agricultural land = 25,000 acres.
There are more than 10,000 direct beneficiary families.
Groundwater levels have significantly improved in more than 200 villages.
The insurgents are coming back into the mainstream.
Special thanks to the team
Sanjay Sajjan Singh, Founder and the Chairperson Gokul Foundation
Sanjiv Narayan Singh, co-Founder Gokul Social University and the President Gokul Sena
Rather than take a job for money after graduating from mechanical engineering and working on renewable energy research, he chose to do volunteer work with exploited and marginalized groups in very backward areas rather than working for a salary.
In India, a PhD scholarship from a European university could be a lifetime dream for a student, but he preferred to work with marginalized communities rather than accept a PhD scholarship from a European university.
He walked many thousands of miles covering thousands of villages over a period of time to obtain ground realities and unmanipulated, primary information. Through these intense marches, meetings, and community discussions, he had direct dialogue with more than a million people before he was forty.
In his work, he has been researching, understanding and implementing concepts of social economy, participatory local governance, education, citizen journalism, ground reporting and rural reporting, freedom of expression, bureaucratic accountability, tribal development and village development, relief, rehabilitation and village revival.
His work in India included establishing or co-founding various social organizations, educational and health institutions, cottage industries, marketing systems, and community universities for education, social economy, health, the environment, the social environment, renewable-energy, groundwater, river revitalization, social justice, and sustainability.
About fifteen years ago, he got married to an Australian hydrology-scientist, but stayed in India for more than a decade to work for exploited and marginalized communities. The couple decided before marriage that they will not have a child until their presence in India is required for the ongoing works. Therefore, they waited eleven years to have a baby after their marriage.
Hundreds of thousands of people from marginalized groups in backward areas of India love and regard him, and even consider him a family member. All these achievements and prestige he had achieved were left behind when he became a full-time father to his son and put his life on hold. Before leaving India, he donated everything except some clothes, mobiles, and laptops.
He now lives in Canberra with his son and wife. He contributes to journals and social media that cover social issues in India. He also provides counseling to local activists working for social solutions in India. Additionally, he is involved with some international peace and sustainability groups.
———
Through Ground Report India editions, Vivek organized nationwide or semi-national tours to explore the ground realities covering up to 15000 kilometres in each one or two months to establish a constructive ground journalism platform with social accountability.
As a writer, he has written a book in Hindi, “मानसिक, सामाजिक, आर्थिक स्वराज्य की ओर”, about various social issues including community development, water, agriculture, ground works, and conditioning of thought & mind. Several reviews say it covers "What" "Why" "How" practically for the socioeconomic development of India.
Beavers in the river Otter in Devon. ‘Our awe of nature, and the silence we must observe to watch wild animals hints at the origins of religion.’ Photograph: Mike Symes/ Devon Wildlife Trust
[content_container max_width=’600′ align=’centre’]If Moses had promised the Israelites a land flowing with mammary secretions and insect vomit, would they have followed him into Canaan? Though this means milk and honey, I doubt it would have inspired them. [/content_container]
So why do we use such language to describe the natural wonders of the world? There are examples everywhere, but I will illustrate the problem with a few from the UK. On land, places in which nature is protected are called “sites of special scientific interest”. At sea, they are labelled “no-take zones” or “reference areas”. Had you set out to estrange people from the living world, you could scarcely have done better.
Even the term “reserve” is cold and alienating – think of what we mean when we use that word about a person. “The environment” is just as bad: an empty word that creates no pictures in the mind. Wild animals and plants are described as “resources” or “stocks”, as if they belong to us and their role is to serve us: a notion disastrously extended by the term “ecosystem services”.
Our assaults on life and beauty are also sanitised and disguised by the words we use. When a species is obliterated by people, we use the term “extinction”. It conveys no sense of our role in the extermination, and mixes up this eradication with the natural turnover of species. It’s like calling murder “expiration”. “Climate change” also confuses natural variation with the catastrophic disruption we cause: a confusion deliberately exploited by those who deny our role. (Even this neutral term has now been banned from use in the US Department of Agriculture.) I still see ecologists referring to “improved” pasture, meaning land from which all life has been erased other than a couple of plant species favoured for grazing or silage. We need a new vocabulary.
Words possess a remarkable power to shape our perceptions. The organisation Common Cause discusses a research project in which participants were asked to play a game. One group was told it was called the “Wall Street Game”, while another was asked to play the “Community Game”. It was the same game. But when it was called the Wall Street Game, the participants were consistently more selfish and more likely to betray the other players. There were similar differences between people performing a “consumer reaction study” and a “citizen reaction study”: the questions were the same, but when people saw themselves as consumers, they were more likely to associate materialistic values with positive emotions.
Words encode values that are subconsciously triggered when we hear them. When certain phrases are repeated, they can shape and reinforce a worldview, making it hard for us to see an issue differently. Advertisers and spin doctors understand this all too well: they know that they can trigger certain responses by using certain language. But many of those who seek to defend the living planet seem impervious to this intelligence.
Coral off Jarvis Island, in the central Pacific, which has been given wildlife refuge status by the US. Photograph: Jim Maragos/AP
By framing the living world in this way, we bury the issues that money cannot measure. In England and Wales, according to a parliamentary report, the loss of soil “costs around £1bn per year”. When we read such statements, we absorb the implicit suggestion that this loss could be redeemed by money. But the aggregate of £1bn lost this year, £1bn lost next year and so on is not a certain number of billions. It is the end of civilisation.
On Sunday evening, I went to see the beavers that have begun to repopulate the river Otter in Devon. I joined the people quietly processing up the bank to their lodge. The friend I walked with commented: “It’s like a pilgrimage, isn’t it?” When we arrived at the beaver lodge, we found a crowd standing in total silence under the trees. When first a kingfisher appeared, then a beaver, you could read the enchantment and delight in every face. Our awe of nature, and the silence we must observe when we watch wild animals, hints, I believe, at the origins of religion.
So why do those who seek to protect the living planet – and who were doubtless inspired to devote their lives to it through the same sense of wonder and reverence – so woefully fail to capture these values in the way they name the world?
[pullquote]Here are a few ideas. I hope, in the comments that follow this article, you can improve and add to them[/pullquote]Those who name it own it. The scientists who coined the term “sites of special scientific interest” were – doubtless unwittingly – staking a claim: this place is important because it is of interest to us. Those who describe the tiny fragments of seabed in which no commercial fishing is allowed as “reference areas” are telling us that the meaning and purpose of such places is as a scientific benchmark. Yes, they play that role. But to most people who dive there, they represent much more: miraculous refuges, thronged with creatures that thrill and astonish.
Rather than arrogating naming rights to themselves, professional ecologists should recruit poets and cognitive linguists and amateur nature lovers to help them find the words for what they cherish. Here are a few ideas. I hope, in the comments that follow this article online, you can improve and add to them.
If we called protected areas “places of natural wonder”, we would not only speak to people’s love of nature, but also establish an aspiration that conveys what they ought to be. Let’s stop using the word environment, and use terms such as “living planet” and “natural world” instead, as they allow us to form a picture of what we are describing. Let’s abandon the term climate change and start saying “climate breakdown”. Instead of extinction, let’s adopt the word promoted by the lawyer Polly Higgins: ecocide.
We are blessed with a wealth of nature and a wealth of language. Let us bring them together and use one to defend the other.
Attention ‘wannabees’ who think they are as good as White Americans.
This is an abstract from a chapter from my first book,”A Medical Doctor Examines Life on Three Continents,”
[/themify_box]When I arrived in the country in 1974, the United States of America was friendlier to immigrants and diverse ethnicities than any other country I had lived and worked in. I had also discussed the working conditions with friends in countries as diverse as Saudi Arabia, Iran, Nigeria, France, Holland and Germany. They all discriminated to various degrees against foreigners, minorities and new immigrants. The US was entirely different. I was offered a senior position in a good hospital on the basis of my British qualification. I was made to feel at home in Brooklyn, was invited to homes of my
When I arrived in the country in 1974, the United States of America was friendlier to immigrants and diverse ethnicities than any other country I had lived and worked in. I had also discussed the working conditions with friends in countries as diverse as Saudi Arabia, Iran, Nigeria, France, Holland and Germany. They all discriminated to various degrees against foreigners, minorities and new immigrants. The US was entirely different. I was offered a senior position in a good hospital on the basis of my British qualification. I was made to feel at home in Brooklyn, was invited to homes of my coworkers, encouraged to develop a private practice and assisted in many other ways.
I also came across several physicians of subcontinental origin in positions of authority in my hospital and other hospitals in the area. Immigrants from the subcontinent counted business tycoons, corporate heads, banking chiefs, partners in investment firms, members of think tanks and elected officials among their ranks. By the waning years of the twentieth century, Muslims had made great political headway in the United States. Expatriates and local followers of the faith had united on a broad based platform and played a great part in raising public consciousness about the faith. Interfaith dialogue had become fashionable. They generously contributed to electoral campaigns. organizations like the Council on American Islamic Relations and American Muslim Alliance earned public recognition and the former had access to the White House. Muslim haters like former congressman Suarez and a senator from South Dakota, lost re-election races largely due the work of Muslim activists, not the least among them the cabbies in New York City, who transported voters to election booths to vote against Suarez.
By the waning years of the twentieth century, Muslims had made great political headway in the United States. Expatriates and local followers of the faith had united on a broad based platform and played a great part in raising public consciousness about the faith. The interfaith dialogue had become fashionable. They generously contributed to electoral campaigns. organizations like the Council on American Islamic Relations and American Muslim Alliance earned public recognition and the former had access to the White House. Muslim haters like former congressman Suarez and a senator from South Dakota lost re-election races largely due to the work of Muslim activists, not the least among them the cabbies in New York City, who transported voters to election booths to vote against Suarez.
A US senate candidate refused to accept a platform presented to him in New Jersey. A corps of volunteers manned the phones for seventy-two hours non-stop. The man lost.
US society is rather insular, though post 9/11 their perception of the outside world has undergone a change. Pre 9/11, an average person had little knowledge of anything outside his/her own region. New York City was as foreign to someone from the Midwest as to a person from Nagpur, India. The reasons for that lie outside the scope of this book.
The US has been ascendant since World War I and may only now be beginning to grow out of its resplendent (and reckless) imperial youth. It has gone to war in the Middle East twice in less than two decades. It has failed to realize that social and political awakening follow acts of both group and state terrorism.1
The illusions of invulnerability and invincibility, and for many, trust in their government, were shattered by 9/11. Rumors abounded about who did it, who knew, and who should have done what to prevent it. After the disbelief, terror and numbness had worn off, unprecedented outrage took over in the United States. Every foreign-looking person was a suspect. The general line given was that this crime had been committed by a band of men under the leadership of a Saudi Osama bin Laden. Muslim women with the traditional hijab 2 were harassed. Government agencies put out incomplete and misleading information that did nothing to underscore the fact that all Arabs/Muslims/brown people were not the same. George W bush made an irresponsible remark about a “crusade”3 against terror. A Sikh was killed because he had a long beard and a turban — like Osama bin Laden’s.
People of all shades of complexion between white and black were targeted. Facts that were glossed over include the point that those named as the hijackers had been beneficiaries of the Saudis, who not too long ago were funding 22,000 religious seminaries in Pakistan, and the Saudi ruling family was as close to the American establishment as could be and acted as their surrogates in the region. There were links with US security agencies that had trained fighters to oppose the Russian occupation of Afghanistan. Also ignored was the fact that the US government was supporting Israel in perpetrating a reign of terror on the Palestinians.
Gross injustice breeds terrorism. The US fanned the panic by cracking down on everyone: friends, foes, and its own citizens. All air space and harbors were closed. 4 The whole Western world was shocked. Someone had hit the two main citadels of US hegemony — the World Trade Center and the Pentagon. The US gathered a huge harvest of sympathy and the voters were happy thenceforth to approve any curb on their liberties in the name of fending off another such disaster. bush gave an ultimatum to Afghanistan to hand over osama bin Laden and sent a belligerent notice to Musharraf: “You are with us or against us” (never mind that his first responsibility was the integrity of the Pakstani nation).
Terrorism is the war of the poor; war is the terrorism of the rich — Peter Ustinov.
Hijab, the head covering, was originally ordained for wives of the prophet so that other men would not pester them.
The word, referring to the massacre of Muslims in Jerusalem in one of the crusades, has historic anti-Muslim connotations.
But members of the bin Laden clan, business partners and benefactors of the bush family, were whisked out on secret flights.
The Taliban rebuffed the ultimatum. Osama’s forces were strong and he was an icon. Americans went into Afghanistan with great hubris and in the first round made short work of any organized resistance. but they did not get Osama.
It would all have been well, if the US had left it well enough alone. but apparently this was just one move in what was intended as a larger campaign. The Bush league now set out to pulverize what they painted as Islamo-fascists everywhere.
It is curious that they chose to begin in the officially secular state of Iraq. Lies that Iraq had WMDs were invented, convincing the public that there were grounds for an attack. The Democratic Party, perhaps scared of being accused lack of patriotic fervor, fell in line.
The US defense budget at $451 billion already exceeded the combined defense spending of the rest of the world.1 More funds were allocated.
It was taken as a given that Iraqis would turn to America as a savior, and out of gratitude hand over the oil wells to US-dominated multi-national corporations (MNCs), elect a “democratic” government with a prime minister in the image of Tony Blair, and all would be well. Spinmeisters even staged the ecstatic scenes of Saddam’s statue being toppled.
There was apparently not much discussion of an exit strategy; perhaps there was no intention of exiting at all. Within the United States, all kinds of illegal and unconstitutional acts were perpetrated under the blanket cover of national security. The congress passed the draconian USA Patriot Act, which gave law enforcement agencies great leeway. 2 Legal Muslim charitable organizations sent money to the destitute in Middle East and South Asia, as Oxfam and others did to South America; but now the former were targeted, harassed and intimidated. Their leaders were often arrested and held without bail.
People became shy to contribute to humane causes lest their motives be misconstrued.
Bush captured the White House for a second term. Iraq continued to spiral out of control. The US applied techniques perfected in Central and North America. They funded, trained and supplied arms to Iraqi equivalents of the Contra in Nicaragua with similar results — mass murders, kidnappings, torture, rape and mass displacement of population internally and out of the country, but on a far larger scale. About a million Iraqis had been killed by the end of 2007. Over three million in external and two million in internal exile had been rendered homeless. Altogether about a quarter of the country’s population was affected.
The nearest rivals are Russia at $65 billion and China $56 billion a year.
A mini 9/11, the event of 7/7 in the UK, gave an excuse to the neo-con government of Tony Blair to persuade the British parliament to pass draconian anti-immigrant laws.
[pullquote]Alan Greenspan, long serving Chairman of the Federal Reserve bank, wrote in his post retirement autobiography that oil was the reason all along.[/pullquote] In order to distract attention from the gaps between rhetoric and reality in Iraq, and the failure to achieve the apparent goals, debates were raised over the “need” to attack Iran on the totally spurious grounds that the country is developing atomic weapons — this in spite of repeated declarations of International Atomic Energy Agency that they had been unable to find any evidence to the effect.
[themify_quote]Successive US governments used Al-Qaida, Taliban, and Saddam Hussein as surrogates to secure US interests. It made pragmatic sense, we were told. but no one likes being ditched after having been used. Thugs require aftercare. US government agencies failed to provide that. [/themify_quote]
The late aftermath of 9/11 was even worse for non-white foreigners. Smarting from their monumental failure, the security agencies went after the most vulnerable among them, hundreds of thousands of people who had overstayed their visas, etc., and were running grocery stores, cabs, restaurants, and doing other odd jobs. They were rounded up wholesale and held incommunicado. Families in many cases had no knowledge of the whereabouts of loved ones for weeks, even months. One of my friends, Sibghat U. Kadri, a barrister on the Queen’s Counsel (2) no less, was interrogated on arrival at Chicago’s o’Hare Airport and quizzed on an anti-Musharraf speech he had given. Criticizing satraps was also terrorism!
The quality of life of all South Asians and others has been badly affected. The image of the United States has been tarnished and it is highly debatable if security was enhanced. Some second-generation South Asian students in the US contemplated a future career in Canada, Europe or South Asia. And whereas very few first-generation immigrants used to plan to return to their native land, now most of them are giving serious thought to the matter.
We might have to face the prospect of a reverse brain drain. The trend is conspicuous among doctors from Pakistan. After passing the requisite tests to qualify for a training program in this country, fully one-third are denied visas. The usual excuse is that the Homeland Security Department has denied clearance. Physicians working in the US on different kinds of visas accept the appointment in remote, poor and under-served areas under an assurance that their status will be adjusted. They were ordered to report to INS offices all over the country for “validation of visa,” then were interrogated and harassed. They were interviewed in a room next door to a hall with a prominent sign, “Detention Cell.”
A physician driving back to New York City from Florida stopped at a restaurant on the way. The waitress was not happy with the tip. She called the FBI and said that he looked like a terrorist. The man was picked up and held without the benefit of legal counsel for two weeks. His wife happened to know an attorney who had been a public prosecutor. He pulled strings and got the doctor out of jail. Meanwhile one of the doctor’s patients, who had been admitted in a hospital, sued him for abandonment.
Highly regarded barristers are appointed to the rank. only they are allowed to appear before the judiciary committee of the House of Lords, the British equivalent of the US Supreme Court.
An Oxford University student (of Indian origin) and his English girlfriend boarded a plane in London to attend a music festival in New York. The check in clerk told her supervisor that the man looked like a terrorist. The Canadian and US governments were immediately warned. It was panic. Canadian air force planes escorted the flight to the US border where US F16 fighters took over and accompanied the airliner to JFK. Both passengers were arrested and kept in jail for three days.
Crossing the border from Canada used to be a breeze. Now visitors are stopped at random. My van was once checked for radiation and we were made to wait for a long time. Driving back on my next visit, I told the immigration agent that I had bought a bottle of whisky. He waved me on without a question. Alcohol had conferred good citizen status on me!
People who bore grudges reported on neighbors they did not like. One house in Pittsburgh was raided because a neighbor had seen the woman of the house putting something suspicious in the garbage can. They had exchanged harsh words a few months ago. The suspicious material turned out to be spoiled beef curry.
The Economy suffered. Whole neighborhoods were rendered desolate. To cite one example out of a score of hundreds, numerous shops were shuttered and whole blocks of apartment buildings abandoned in Coney Island Avenue, Brooklyn, New York. None of these people supported terrorism. Airlines went bankrupt, as people were scared of visiting the US.
I know of several businessmen who were grilled because they had offices in South Asia and had to, of necessity, transfer funds overseas for employees’ salaries and other expenses. Their clients panicked and the businesses failed, adding to unemployment.
The initial panic has subsided after a while, conditions remained uncertain. The random harassment continued. (Trump and Co are trying to bring the time back).
The ill-considered and imprudent military adventure in Iraq enhanced the sense of insecurity. Saddam was a brutal, fiendish and unregenerate tyrant. His removal was an undoubted act of humanity. but a perpetuation of occupation is an unmitigated disaster. Measures to reduce US troop casualties inevitably lead to increased Iraqi civilian deaths and injuries.
Private security forces have run amock. They and fundamentalist cohorts react in kind.
Afghanistan is an exact parallel. Afghans are veterans of innumerable resistance movements. They humiliated Russians at the height of their power and the British when the sun never set over the Empire.
Immigrants always carry a baggage of norms, mores, traditions and customs from the old country. I have used the term “baggage” advisedly, and not in any derisory sense. It is a heavy load that they carry and it keeps them from moving ahead. The burden of racial, linguistic and religious differences can be even heavier. They might be vegetarians, halal meat eaters or observe other food restrictions. By and large, they are comparatively sexually conservative.
Their culture and religion discriminates against women.1 For many, their home environment was post-colonial, feudal or tribal. They were caste- and sect-ridden.
Only India had representative government, which was substantially marred by covert and lately overt mistreatment of Muslims and Untouchables.
Because of the baggage, the first generation of all immigrants tends to ghettoize. That alienates them further from the locals. The second generation rebels against tradition and tries to assimilate. They are often thwarted in their longings. Insecurity breeds intolerance and fundamentalism widen the divide more.
Muslims specially do not assimilate easily. They do not drink and are not very tolerant of others faiths. They insist that women wear hijab, so hoodlums have no problem identifying them. This is reminiscent of Nazi fascists who forced Jews to wear the Star of David.2
Charging or paying financial interest is proscribed in their dogma. They are forced to rationalize in order to get by in the Western world: mortgages involve interest so they stoop to such subterfuges as getting a loan which included a “mark up” calculated on what would been interest plus loan. Others keep the money under the mattress and get into trouble when they offer thousands of dollars in cash when buying a car.
Saudis, the Wahabi Munafiqeen, invest in interest bearing accounts in the United States. Their women wear dresses from the most expensive boutiques under the traditional dress and take off the outer covering as soon they land at a Western airport. Saudi princes import liquor in boxes declared as furniture. 3
South Asian immigrants were, by and large, educated and brought much-needed skills in medicine, engineering and trade. They were welcomed and made much of in early years. They worked hard and distinguished themselves in the medical, financial and commercial fields. In the beginning, they were far too few in numbers to congregate in ghettoes which were to mushroom in New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Illinois and many other states.
But with success came jealousy on the part of the natives. Some South Asian students in university campuses are routinely called new colonizers by black youth. South Asians can help avoid some of the misunderstandings by being circumspect — but honest — in discussions. To the extent they may have a different perspective on events, they can try to base such discussions on rational information instead of what may be termed instinct and conviction, that is, “gut” reactions and emotion.
They can bring some knowledge of history and geography to the discussion while impressing upon all that they are as loyal to the country as the progeny of those who migrated a few generations before them. They should participate in civic affairs, shun and deplore extremist views vehemently, and counsel people with nefarious views to either shape up or ship out. There is little merit in ostentatious exhibition of such social customs as the Hijab, which was, in any case, ordained only for the prophet’s wives, so street Arabs won’t harass them.
They should also try to grow out of deliberate ghettoization of their communities. They must above all learn to separate religion from politics. Muslims should also keep in mind that the US is still a more open and tolerant society than many in South Asia or the Middle East, Europe and other continents. Incidents much less earth shattering than 9/11 have led to the annihilation of suspect communities — in Iran in 1953, Indonesia in 1965, the then East Pakistan in 1971, Karachi and Jordan in the 1980’s, the Syrian town Hammas in 1986, Bosnia in the early 1990’s, Gujarat in India in 2001. The list is endless.
Ethnic cleansing is endemic in Israel, India, Pakistan, several African countries and sporadically elsewhere. And history suggests that events that set off such reaction sometimes turn out to be complicated affairs, involving provocateurs and false-flag operations intended to inflame a relatively stable situation.
Even in the comparatively enlightened versions of the Islamic faith, women have half a vote as the witness in a court of law, half as much inheritance as male siblings and if a person has only female children the share that would have gone to a male child goes to a male cousin. A woman may be divorced by a simple device of the husband saying so three times.
A stark example of ‘conditioning-brain washing’ is that some European Jews took to exhibiting the sign of David with ostentation and as a right rather than as a symbol of victimization.
A newspaper reported that a prince arrived from Europe and declared that the wooden crates he had brought contained furniture. one crate crashed. Whisky started pouring out. The customs man called the palace to report, “Your Highness, your furniture is leaking.” Amy Chua, a professor at Yale Law School in her book World on Fire contends that if “democracy” were to be introduced in the Mid East, fundamentalists and others who fail to admire the US, globalization and free markets, would easily defeat Hosni Mubarak and other rulers in the region.
The title above is a verbatim quote taken from any number of seriously uninformed TV physicians, paid trolls and paid celebrities as they have gleefully joined the popular CDC, WHO, AAP, AAFP and AMA-sponsored campaigns that have denigrated (and therefore infuriated) the witnesses of the hundreds of thousands of over-vaccinated, vaccine-injured, vaccine-disabled or vaccine-killed infants, children, adults and soldiers.
Particularly angered are the parents, siblings, neighbors and other loved ones of the vaccine-traumatized victims, for they KNOW FOR CERTAIN THAT THE VACCINES POISONED THEIR LOVED ONES BECAUSE THEY SAW WHAT WAS HAPPENING BEFORE THEIR VERY EYES. These witnesses knew the truth, even though their physicians (especially, apparently, pediatricians) and their clinics refused to listen to them and often fired them and their families when they logically refused to accept “coincidence” as the reason for the catastrophic vaccine-induced illness that suddenly changed their normal baby into a chronically ill or dead one.
Well-informed parents are beginning to realize – despite the aggressive propaganda campaigns from Big Pharma, Big Medicine and Big Media – that vaccines are NOT necessarily safe. Indeed they are seeing that they can be lethal. Many parents are also beginning to see that vaccines are NOT necessarily effective long-term either. As opposed to natural childhood infections giving life-long immunity, vaccines for such mild infections as measles, mumps and chickenpox need frequent booster shots to theoretically provide partial immunity.
Parents who can’t expect to get thorough information about the CDC’s and AAP’s over-vaccination mandates from their clinics are having to do their own research on neurotoxicology , and they are beginning to realize (no thanks to their too-busy and relatively un-informed physicians) that the vaccines that are planned for their precious kids contain varieties of neurotoxic ingredients in the cocktails of baby shots. As many as 3 injections at one sitting are supposed to go into the tiny muscles of 6 or 8 or 10 pound babies at their 2, 4 and 6 month well baby check-ups. These injections may contain live viruses, aluminum, mercury or unintended contaminants all of which the vaccine manufacturers admit may cause brain inflammation or infection.
The most brain toxic vaccine ingredient in this era since the year 2000 is aluminum, which is increasingly in many infant vaccines. The most brain toxic metal that was in vaccines in the latter two generations of the 20th century was mercury (thimerosal) – a preservative that was removed from many vaccines around 2000 because pediatricians KNEW that it was the major cause of the pediatric autism spectrum disorder (ASD) epidemic that had no other plausible explanation. Because of that knowledge, the AAP (the American Academy of Pediatrics that now infamously denies the connection between vaccines and ASD), with no help from the CDC, eventually helped convince the vaccine manufacturers to remove mercury from most vaccines.
Babies, most notably the premature ones, always have immature, leaky blood-brain barriers (and leaky guts) that allow some of these toxic vaccine ingredients to enter the brain. Both aluminum and mercury – even in “trace” amounts – are known to adversely affect both the blood-brain barrier and the placental barrier, with serious implications for pregnant women who are increasingly prompted to submit to expensive and probably fetotoxic vaccinations.(!).
<<<Paid Trolls are Behind Much of the Smearing of the Vaccine-injured>>>
The ubiquitous smear campaigns against what paid trolls pejoratively call “anti-vaxxers” target any and all rational and scholarly skeptics of America’s blatantly over-vaccination agenda – a American national agenda that 1) over-vaccinates the most children in the entire developed world, 2) has the worst infant mortality rate in the entire developed world and 3) has the largest percentage of autistic kids in the entire developed world. But Big Pharma’s toxic over-vaccination agenda is highly profitable for 1) Big Pharma, 2) Big Medicine, 3) pediatricians, 4) medical clinics and 5) Big Media (which makes billions of dollars per year from Big Pharma advertisers).
The propagandistic smear has been orchestrated by organizations (and their paid trolls) representing the 5 corporate institutions named above, who are drafting laws to make more and more of these toxic vaccines compulsory, as has happened in California in 2016. Even Big Pharma-bribed politicians – all totally ignorant of the neurotoxicology of America’s over-vaccination agenda – are joining the irrational campaign.
What is saddest is how vicious have been the attacks against the independent, non-pharma scientist-scholars who have actually done well-designed toxicology research that PROVES (to any unbiased physician or otherwise smart person that isn’t conflicted and immobilized by financial or professional conflicts of interest) that what the CDC and AAP is saying about vaccine safety is untrue.
Sadly, every major media outlet seems to employ attractive, highly indoctrinated, financially- and professionally-conflicted full-time celebrity physicians to only report on medical issues that are favorable to the network’s Big Pharma advertisers. Therefore no news will be effectively reported that might expose any of Big Pharma’s many blatantly fraudulent practices.
<<<Jimmy Kimmel: Don’t Criticize What You Can’t Understand>>>
And then there are ignorant celebrities who have joined the well-financed and well-organized smear campaign (ex Jimmy Kimmel) who know nothing about the science of vaccine neurotoxicology, a science that proves beyond a shadow of a doubt that intramuscularly-injected aluminum (which is in most infant vaccines as an “adjuvant” – look it up) and intramuscularly-injected mercury (thimerosal) are common causes of childhood brain damage that can be diagnosed as Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), Asperger’s Disorder, Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD), Autoimmune/inflammatory SyndromeInduced by Adjuvants (ASIA), Autoimmune Disorders, Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS), Allergies (and that’s just the list of vaccine-induced disorders that start with the letter “A”), tic disorder, seizure disorder, dementia, Parkinson’s, multiple sclerosis, etc, etc, depending on what age the brain was sufficiently poisoned and what location in the brain was most seriously affected.
The sad reality is that most physicians (including my own) had woefully inadequate medical school training about neurotoxicology, immunology, vaccinology and nutrition, at least partly because Big Pharma has devious influences on medical education – hoping to create endless supplies of prolific prescription-writers and vaccine supporters.
A couple of years ago, prior to his pregnant wife (highly likely) receiving her mercury-laden prenatal flu shot and her aluminum-laden prenatal DTaP shot, ABC’s Jimmy Kimmel chimed in with the CDC/AMA/AAP’s “just get your damn shots” campaign that demonized 1) parents and loved ones of vaccine-injured babies and children, 2) unbiased research immunologists, 3) unbiased neurotoxicologists, 4) the 10 – 15% of pediatricians who actually listen sympathetically to their patients, and 5) other scholarly and critically-thinking science-minded folks who know that toxic vaccine ingredients commonly sicken many of America’s over-vaccinated children.
Knowing that the most common neurotoxic vaccine ingredients (aluminum and mercury) 1) are both mitochondrial toxins, 2) are both blood-brain barrier toxins, 3) are both capable of crossing the placental barrier and 4) are both exponentially more poisonous when given together, it shouldn’t surprise any logical thinker that bad outcomes should be expected when metal-containing vaccines are given in cocktails at the same time, whether they are given to a soldier, a baby, a child, a pre-pubertal girl or an adult heading towards dementia.
And knowing that Jimmy Kimmel’s baby was tragically born with Tetralogy of Fallot (a heart defect that is caused by some toxic exposure to the embryo or fetus at a certain critical time in the pregnancy), one must wonder if Kimmel’s pregnant wife might have taken seriously Jimmy’s order to “just get your damn shots”. Or perhaps she might have followed the suggestion of her obstetrician (whose lobbying organization, ACOG, is now aggressively pushing DTaP and influenza vaccinations [!] along with her immature developing fetus – each of which are suspected to be teratogenic (causing fetal anomalies).
I conclude with some appropriate quotes that should give some uncertain or blind pro-vaccinators pause and give them interest and the willingness to go to the massive volume of unbiased medical literature to learn the truth about the dangers of over-vaccinating children.
I don’t expect changing the minds of those who have been indoctrinated by Big Pharma and Big Medicine. I also don’t expect influencing paid or unpaid trolls to actually go to the many references and scholars that I have referred to in the past. You can lead a horse to water but you can’t make him drink. And you can point out the conflicts of interest of the ignorant naysayers and trolls but that won’t stop them from continuing to criticize the science that they are either incapable of understanding or unwilling to listen to.
[themify_quote]
“You might as well consult a butcher on the value of vegetarianism as a doctor on the worth of vaccination.” – George Bernard Shaw
“It is difficult to get a man to understandsomething, when his salary depends upon his not understanding it!” – Upton Sinclair, American anti-fascist, anti-imperialist author
“No vaccine manufacturer shall be liable…for damages arising from a vaccine-related injury or death.”– President Ronald Wilson Reagan, as he signed The National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act (NCVIA) of 1986, absolving drug companies, pediatricians and all vaccine providers from all medico-legal liability when children die, become chronically ill with vaccine-induced autoimmune disorders or are otherwise disabled from vaccine injuries. (That law has led directly to an expected reckless, liability-free development of scores of new, over-priced, potential block-buster vaccines, now numbering over 250. The question that must be asked of Big Medicine’s practitioners: How will the CDC, the AMA, the AAFP and the American Academy of Pediatrics fit any more potentially neurotoxic vaccines into the current well-baby over-vaccination schedule?)
“By Nov. 1, 2016, $3.5 billion had been awarded to more than 3,500 vaccine victims through the federal vaccine injury compensation program (VICP) created under the 1986 NCVIA law.”
“When a well-packaged web of lies has been sold gradually to the masses … the truth will seem utterly preposterous and its speaker, a raving lunatic.”— Dresden James
”In a time of universal deceit, telling the truth is a revolutionary act“. – George Orwell
[/themify_quote]
Is the Childhood Vaccine Schedule Safe?
1976: 1 child in 30 was learning disabled → 2013: 1 child in 6 is learning disabled.
1980: 1 child in 27 had asthma → 2013: 1 child in 9 has asthma.
1992: 1 child in 500 developed autism → 2013: 1 child in 50 develops autism.
2001: 1 child in 555 had diabetes → 2013: 1 child in 400 has diabetes.
THREE TIMES AS MANY VACCINATIONS FOR CHILDREN
1953: CDC recommended 16 doses of 4 vaccines (smallpox, DPT) between two months and age six.
1983: CDC recommended 23 doses of 7 vaccines (DPT, MMR, polio) between two months and age six.
2013: CDC recommended 50 doses of 14 vaccines between day of birth and age six and 69 doses of 16 vaccines between day of birth and age 18.
MULTIPLE VACCINATIONS GIVEN SIMULTANEOUSLY
In 1983, the CDC directed doctors to give a child no more than 4 vaccines (DPT, polio) simultaneously.
By 2013, the CDC directed that a child can receive 8 or more vaccines at once.
The Institute of Medicine published a report in 2013 stating that “key elements of the entire [CDC recommended childhood vaccine] schedule – the number, frequency, timing, order and age of administration of vaccines – have not been systematically examined in research studies.”
VACCINATIONS DURING PREGNANCY
A new CDC policy directs doctors to give pregnant women one dose of influenza vaccine in any trimester and one dose of the pertussis containing Tdap vaccine after 20 weeks during every pregnancy. The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has determined that large, well-controlled long term studies have not been conducted to confirm that influenza and Tdap vaccination during pregnancy is safe.
[themify_quote]
“The evidence strongly suggests that it is the vaccines and the vaccinated who are spreading the diseases for which vaccines are given.”
“The real issue is viral shedding. Viral vaccines are vaccines containing live viruses, even if they are weak or attenuated strains. These live viruses shed for varying amounts of time in the body fluids of a vaccinated individual – and can be transmitted to others. You can absolutely catch the virus (or bacterium) from someone who has just been vaccinated against that disease. Not only that, but viral shedding from vaccines is leading to viral and bacterial mutations, helping to create a phenomenon of new and dangerous strains of disease which can evade treatment by becoming accustomed to whatever drugs get thrown at them.”
“The U.S. has maintained one of the world’s highest child vaccination rates and lowest infectious disease rates, even as public health officials have been unable to explain why so many of today’s highly vaccinated children are so sick and disabled. Also unexplained, is why America has the worst infant mortality rate of all developed nations, with 6 out of 1,000 babies dying before their first birthday.
“Maternal mortality in the U.S. has also become one of the worst of all industrialized nations, with between 12 and 28 women in 100,000 dying within one year of giving birth, a maternal mortality rate that more than doubled between 1990 and 2013. According to the World Health Organization (WHO), annually an estimated 1,200 women in America suffer fatal complications during pregnancy and childbirth and another 60,000 suffer near-fatal complications.
“Women having babies in the U.S. today, who represent the most vaccinated generations in our nation’s history, are now also being given influenza, diphtheria, pertussis and tetanus vaccines during pregnancy, a federal maternal vaccination policy that was launched in 1997 with administration of influenza vaccine during any trimester and was widened in 2011 with the addition of a pertussis containing TDaP shot after 20 weeks gestation.
“As of 2015, about half of the nation’s pregnant women or nearly 2 million women, were either vaccinated with TDaP vaccine during pregnancy (42 percent) or influenza vaccine before or during pregnancy (50 percent) or received both vaccines.” – Barbara Loe-Fischer, co-founder and president of the National Vaccine Information Center (NVIC)
[/themify_quote]
What has happened to the health of children in America since the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act was passed in 1986?
[themify_quote]
“After drug companies, pediatricians and all vaccine providers were shielded from accountability and liability for vaccine injuries and deaths, U.S. health officials tripled the numbers of vaccinations recommended for children – from 23 doses of seven vaccines in 1986 to 33 doses of nine vaccines by 1997, which has escalated to a current 69 doses of 16 vaccines. States also increased the numbers of vaccinations required for children to attend school and, by 1997, it was obvious that a growing number of highly vaccinated children in America were never well anymore.
“The new and unprecedented child chronic disease and disability epidemic that has perfectly coincided with the expansion of the child vaccine schedule over the past 30 years is having a devastating effect on children, their families and our nation. Today, 1 child in 6 in the U.S. is learning disabled; 1 in 9 has asthma; 1 in 10 has ADHD; 1 in 50 develops autism; and 1 in 400 has diabetes. Millions more are suffering with severe allergies epilepsy, anxiety and depression, and other kinds of brain and immune disorders marked by chronic inflammation in the body.” – Barbara Loe-Fischer
“If we listen to present-day wisdom, we are all at risk of resurgent massive epidemics should the vaccination rate fall below 95%. Yet, we have all lived for at least 30 to 40 years with 50% or less of the population having vaccine protection. That is, herd immunity has not existed in this country for many decades and no resurgent epidemics have occurred. Vaccine-induced herd immunity is a lie used to frighten doctors, public-health officials, other medical personnel, and the public into accepting vaccinations.” – Russell Blaylock, MD
“The live polio vaccine…contains live attenuated polioviruses. Those polioviruses, when you take that [live] vaccine, you shed them in your body fluids – your saliva, urine, and stool…Whether you have the a viral infection or you get the live attenuated vaccine, you shed live viruses in your body fluids and you are able to transmit the virus to other people who come in contact with your body fluids.” — Barbara Loe-Fisher
”Curbing civil liberties under the guise of protecting the public health and national security has become big business. In 1982, when the pharmaceutical industry threatened to stop producing government licensed and recommended vaccines for children unless vaccine manufacturers got a product liability shield, Congress gave Big Pharma most of what it wanted in the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act of 1986. It was tort reform legislation sold to parents and the American public on the backs of children legally required by states to get federally recommended vaccines to attend school.
“Even though by Nov. 1, 2016, $3.5 billion had been awarded to more than 3,500 vaccine victims through the federal vaccine injury compensation program (VICP) created under the 1986 law, two out of three claims have been denied throughout the entire history of the law’s implementation. Most of the compensation awards today are for adults injured by flu vaccine – not for children required to get vaccines to go to school.
“While the government denies compensation to many children, whose lives have been destroyed by state mandated vaccines, in the past five years liability-free drug companies have joined forces with politically powerful medical trade groups to change state vaccine laws. They are lobbying state legislatures to severely restrict the medical exemption and eliminate the non-medical religious, philosophical and conscientious belief exemptions for children attending school.” — Barbara Loe-Fisher
“…our current results are consistent with the existing evidence on the toxicology and pharmacokinetics of aluminum adjuvants which altogether strongly implicate these compounds as contributors to the rising prevalence of neurobehavioral disorders in children. Given that autism has devastating consequences in a life of a child, and that currently in the developed world over 1% of children suffer from some form of ASD, it would seem wise to make efforts towards reducing infant exposure to aluminum from vaccines.“— C A Shaw, PhD
“There is a serious problem with vaccine safety. Vaccine aluminum adjuvant has adverse neurological effects, at dosages that are recommended by the US CDC. Vaccine critics are supported by the science. Parents refusing to vaccinate according to the recommended CDC schedule are supported by the science.Use aluminum-containing vaccines with great caution, or not at all.” – C. A. Shaw, PhD
“Aluminum is an experimentally demonstrated neurotoxin and the most commonly used vaccine adjuvant…research clearly shows that aluminum adjuvants have a potential to induce serious immunological disorders in humans. In particular, aluminum in adjuvant form carries a risk for autoimmunity, long-term brain inflammation andassociated neurological complications and may thus have profound and widespread adverse health consequences.” (From Tomljenovic and Shaw’s journal article “Aluminum Vaccine Adjuvants: Are They Safe?”, published in Curr Med Chem 2011;18(17):2630-7.)
“The CDC says that 36,000 people die from the flu every year in the US. But actually, it’s closer to 20. However, we can’t admit that, because if we did, we’d be exposing our gigantic psyop. The whole campaign to scare people into getting a flu shot would have about the same effect as warning people to carry iron umbrellas, in case toasters fall out of upper-story windows…and, by the way, we’d all be put in prison for fraud.” – Jon Rappoport
[/themify_quote]
[themify_box]
[themify_quote]
“A 2007 [Zika] outbreak on Yap Islands in Micronesia is estimated to have affected nearly 75% of the (island’s) population of some 12,000 people, and a 2013 outbreak in French Polynesia affected nearly 28,000 of 270,000 residents. Neither epidemic caused a spike in microcephaly.” — qz.com
“The correlation between a) the presence of Zika and b) babies with the microcephaly birth defect is so weak and sparse, it constitutescounter-evidence for Zika as the cause…the overwhelming majority of birth-defect cases show no presence of Zika. Therefore, the Zika-carrying mosquitoes have no business being the target of toxic spraying. But they are. And the spraying increases the risk of neurological damage in babies.” – Jon Rappoport
“Microcephaly may result from any insult that disturbs early brain growth…Annually, approximately 25,000 infants in the United States will be diagnosed with microcephaly…” – From the Report of the Quality Standards Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology and the Practice Committee of the Child Neurology Society. (Neurology 2009 Sep 15; 73(11) 887-897)
“…even the ideal influenza vaccine, matched perfectly to circulating strains of wild influenza and capable of stopping all influenza viruses, can only deal with a small part of the ‘flu’ problem because most ‘flu’ appears to have nothing to do with influenza. Every year, hundreds of thousands of respiratory specimens are tested across the US. Of those tested, on average 16% are found to be influenza positive.”– Dr Peter Doshi (from a British Medical Journal review article, “Influenza: marketing vaccines by marketing disease” 2013 (BMJ 2013; 346:f3037)
“…It’s no wonder so many people feel that ‘flu shots’ don’t work: for most flus, they can’t, work because most diagnosed cases of the flu aren’t the flu.” – Jon Rappoport
“[According to CDC statistics], ‘influenza and pneumonia’ took 62,034 lives in 2001—61,777 of which were attributable to pneumonia and 257 to flu, and in only 18 cases was the flu virus positively identified.” – Dr Peter Doshi, from in his 2005 BMJ report, titled, “Are US flu death figures more PR than science?” (BMJ 2005; 331:1412
“Between 1979 and 2001, [CDC] data showed an average of 1348 [flu] deaths per year (range 257 to 3006).” – Dr Peter Doshi
[/themify_quote]
[/themify_box]
[themify_quote]
“Official data shows that large scale vaccination has failed to obtain any significant improvement of the diseases against which they were supposed to provide protection” — Dr Sabin, developer of Polio vaccine
“The greatest threat of childhood diseases lies in the dangerous and ineffectual efforts made to prevent them through mass immunisation…..There is no convincing scientific evidence that mass inoculations can be credited with eliminating any childhood disease.” — Dr Robert Mendelsohn, MD
“The only safe vaccine is one that is never used.” — Dr. James A. Shannon, National Institutes of Health
“No batch of vaccine can be proved safe before it is given to children.” – Dr Leonard Scheele,Surgeon General of the United States, addressing an AMA convention in 1955
“It is pathetic and ludicrous to say we ever vanquished smallpox with vaccines, when only 10% of the population was ever vaccinated.” — Dr Glen Dettman
“The decline in infectious diseases in developed countries had nothing to do with vaccinations, but with the decline in poverty and hunger.” — Dr Buchwald, MD
“There is a great deal of evidence to prove that immunisation of children does more harm than good.” – Dr. J. Anthony Morris (formerly Chief Vaccine Control Officer at the US Federal Drug Admin.)
“There is insufficient evidence to support routine vaccination of healthy persons of any age.” — Paul Frame, MD, Journal of Family Practice
“I think that no person would permit anybody to get close to them with an inoculation if they would really know how they are made, what they carry, what has been lied to them about and what the real percent of danger is of contracting such a disease which is minimal.” — Dr Eva Snead
“The evidence for indicting immunisations for SIDS is circumstantial, but compelling. However, the keepers of the keys to medical-research funds are not interested in searching this very important lead to the cause of an ongoing, and possibly preventable, tragedy. Anything that implies that immunisations are not the greatest medical advance in the history of public health is ignored or ridiculed. Can you imagine the economic and political import of discovering that immunisations are killing thousands of babies?” — Dr William C. Douglass, MD (Honored twice as America’s ‘Doctor of the Year’)
“Sudden Infant Death Syndrome has been reported following the administration of DPT. The significance is unclear. 85% of SIDS cases occur in the period 1 through 6 months of age, with the peak incidence at age 2 to 4 months.” (From the accompanying insert to Connaught Labs’ DPT vaccine) —Jane Orient, MD, executive director of the Association of American Physicians and Surgeons (AAPS)
“If you want the truth on vaccination you must go to those who are not making anything out of it…My aim has been to show that you have a powerful body to fight in the medical profession. We cannot be stirred without great effort. We are a kind of Juggernaut; we have to be dragged; we will not go. Let each one take his doctor, or, if he be so fortunate as not to need one, the doctor who lives nearest to him, and try and instruct him (about the dangers of vaccination). Send him the literature of the subject; he may not read it, but he may. Every little helps. – Instruct the people by means of public lectures and meetings. Show them as plainly as you can the uselessness and dangers of vaccination. Teach them that they must not go to the medical profession for counsel on the matter. If cases of small-pox were isolated and the clothes of the sufferers disinfected, the disease would not spread. If you wish to avoid smallpox, you must live pure and simple lives. If we crowd together we must expect disease; if we keep our skins closed, the impurities of the body are retained, and these impurities are the food upon which small-pox thrives. If your constitution is in a bad, state and you come in contact ‘with small-pox, you will probably have it.” — Dr T. R. Allinson
“The greatest threat of childhood diseases lies in the dangerous and ineffectual efforts made to prevent them through mass immunisation…There is no convincing scientific evidence that mass inoculations can be credited with eliminating any childhood disease.”— Dr Robert Mendelsohn, MD
“Vaccine-induced herd immunity is a lie used to frighten doctors, public-health officials, other medical personnel, and the public into accepting vaccinations.” – Russell Blaylock, MD
“the 271 vaccines in development span a wide array of diseases, and employ exciting new scientific strategies and technologies. These potential vaccines – all in human clinical trials or under review by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) – include 137 for infectious diseases, 99 for cancer, 15 for allergies and 10 for neurological disorders.” — PhRMA (the Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America), the pharmaceutical industry’s trade association and powerful lobbying group
[/themify_quote]
[themify_box]
Dr Gary G. Kohls, MD
Dr Gary G Kohls MD
is a retired physician who practiced holistic, non-drug, mental health care for the last decade of his forty year family practice career. He is a contributor to and an endorser of the efforts of the Citizens Commission on Human Rights and was a member of MindFreedom International, the International Center for the Study of Psychiatry and Psychology, and the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies.
While running his independent clinic, he published over 400 issues of his Preventive Psychiatry E-Newsletter, which was emailed to a variety of subscribers. (They have not been archived at any website.) In the early 2000s, Dr Kohls taught a graduate level psychology course at the University of Minnesota Duluth. It was titled “The Science and Psychology of the Mind-Body Connection”.
Since his retirement, Dr Kohls has been writing a weekly column (titled “Duty to Warn”) for the Duluth Reader, an alternative newsweekly published in Duluth, Minnesota. He offers teaching seminars to the public and healthcare professionals.
Human beings are now waging war against life itself as we continue to destroy not just individual lives, local populations and entire species in vast numbers but also destroy the ecological systems that make life on Earth possible.
By doing this we are now accelerating the sixth mass extinction event in Earth’s history and virtually eliminating any prospect of human survival.
‘Earth’s sixth mass extinction is more severe than perceived when looking exclusively at species extinctions…. That conclusion is based on analyses of the numbers and degrees of range contraction … using a sample of 27,600 vertebrate species, and on a more detailed analysis documenting the population extinctions between 1900 and 2015 in 177 mammal species.’ Their research found that the rate of population loss in terrestrial vertebrates is ‘extremely high’ – even in ‘species of low concern’.
In their sample, comprising nearly half of known vertebrate species, 32% (8,851 out of 27,600) are decreasing; that is, they have decreased in population size and range. In the 177 mammals for which they had detailed data, all had lost 30% or more of their geographic ranges and more than 40% of the species had experienced severe population declines. Their data revealed that ‘beyond global species extinctions Earth is experiencing a huge episode of population declines and extirpations, which will have negative cascading consequences on ecosystem functioning and services vital to sustaining civilization. We describe this as a “biological annihilation” to highlight the current magnitude of Earth’s ongoing sixth major extinction event.’
Illustrating the damage done by dramatically reducing the historic geographic range of a species, consider the lion. Panthera leo ‘was historically distributed over most of Africa, southern Europe, and the Middle East, all the way to northwestern India. It is now confined to scattered populations in sub-Saharan Africa and a remnant population in the Gir forest of India. The vast majority of lion populations are gone.’
Why is this happening? Ceballos, Ehrlich and Dirzo tell us: ‘In the last few decades, habitat loss, overexploitation, invasive organisms, pollution, toxification, and more recently climate disruption, as well as the interactions among these factors, have led to the catastrophic declines in both the numbers and sizes of populations of both common and rare vertebrate species.’
Further, however, the authors warn ‘But the true extent of this mass extinction has been underestimated, because of the emphasis on species extinction.’ This underestimate can be traced to overlooking the accelerating extinction of local populations of a species.
‘Population extinctions today are orders of magnitude more frequent than species extinctions. Population extinctions, however, are a prelude to species extinctions, so Earth’s sixth mass extinction episode has proceeded further than most assume.’ Moreover, and importantly from a narrow human perspective, the massive loss of local populations is already damaging the services ecosystems provide to civilization (which, of course, are given no value by government and corporate economists).
As Ceballos, Ehrlich and Dirzo remind us: ‘When considering this frightening assault on the foundations of human civilization, one must never forget that Earth’s capacity to support life, including human life, has been shaped by life itself.’ When public mention is made of the extinction crisis, it usually focuses on a few (probably iconic) animal species known to have gone extinct, while projecting many more in future. However, a glance at their maps presents a much more realistic picture: as much as 50% of the number of animal individuals that once shared Earth with us are already gone, as are billions of populations.
Furthermore, they claim that their analysis is conservative given the increasing trajectories of those factors that drive extinction together with their synergistic impacts. ‘Future losses easily may amount to a further rapid defaunation of the globe and comparable losses in the diversity of plants, including the local (and eventually global) defaunation-driven coextinction of plants.’
They conclude with the chilling observation: ‘Thus, we emphasize that the sixth mass extinction is already here and the window for effective action is very short.’
Of course, it is too late for those species of plants, birds, animals, fish, amphibians, insects and reptiles that humans have already driven to extinction or will yet drive to extinction in the future. 200 species yesterday. 200 species today. 200 species tomorrow. 200 species the day after…. And, as Ceballos, Ehrlich and Dirzo emphasize, the ongoing daily extinctions of a myriad local populations.
If you think that the above information is bad enough in assessing the prospects for human survival, you will not be encouraged by awareness or deeper consideration of even some of the many variables adversely impacting our prospects that were beyond the scope of the above study.
While Ceballos, Ehrlich and Dirzo, in addition to the problems they noted which are cited above, also identified the problems of human overpopulation and continued population growth, as well as overconsumption (based on ‘the fiction that perpetual growth can occur on a finite planet’) and even the risks posed by nuclear war, there were many variables that were beyond the scope of their research.
For example, in a recent discussion of that branch of ecological science known as ‘Planetary Boundary Science’, Dr Glen Barry identified ‘at least ten global ecological catastrophes which threaten to destroy the global ecological system and portend an end to human beings, and perhaps all life. Ranging from nitrogen deposition to ocean acidification, and including such basics as soil, water, and air; virtually every ecological system upon which life depends is failing’. See ‘The End of Being: Abrupt Climate Change One of Many Ecological Crises Threatening to Collapse the Biosphere’.
Apart from the above, there is a host of other critical issues – such as destruction of the Earth’s rainforests, destruction of waterways and the ocean habitat and the devastating impact of animal agriculture for meat consumption – that international governmental organizations such as the UN, national governments and multinational corporations will continue to refuse to decisively act upon because they are controlled by the insane global elite. See ‘The Global Elite is Insane’ with more fully elaborated explanations in ‘Why Violence?’ and ‘Fearless Psychology and Fearful Psychology: Principles and Practice’.
So time may be short, the number of issues utterly daunting and the prospects for life grim. But if, like me, you are inclined to fight to the last breath, I invite you to consider making a deliberate choice to take powerful personal action in the fight for our survival.
If you do nothing else, consider participating in the fifteen-year strategy of ‘The Flame Tree Project to Save Life on Earth’. You can do this as an individual, with family and friends or as a neighbourhood.
If you are involved in (or considering becoming involved in) a local campaign to address a climate issue, end some manifestation of war (or even all war), or to halt any other threat to our environment, I encourage you to consider doing this on a strategic basis. See Nonviolent Campaign Strategy.
And if you would like to join the worldwide movement to end violence in all of its forms, environmental and otherwise, you are also welcome to consider signing the online pledge of ‘The People’s Charter to Create a Nonviolent World’.
We might be annihilating life on Earth but this is not something about which we have no choice.
In fact, each and every one of us has a choice: we can choose to do nothing, we can wait for (or even lobby) others to act, or we can take powerful action ourselves. But unless you search your heart and make a conscious and deliberate choice to commit yourself to act powerfully, your unconscious choice will effectively be the first one (including that you might take some token measures and delude yourself that these make a difference). And the annihilation of life on Earth will continue, with your complicity.
Well known, political commentator, human rights defender and a humanist, Vidya Bhushan Rawat launched his latest book “Contesting Marginalisations | Conversations on Ambedkarism & Social Justice” which is a compilations of Interviews conducted by Vidya Bhushan Rawat with eminent Ambedkarites and human rights intellectuals in the past 15 years. He was closely associated with some of these extremely committed intellectuals that he decided to record their conversations.
The first among these conversations belonged to veteran Ambedkarie Bhagwan Das, later he recorded spoke to N G Uke and Dr R M Pal but as happens with all those who struggles for their basic needs, Rawat too had loads of problems with him and he could not get these published or even edited for the lack of resources. He says, I did not have the luxury to have even an assistant. Most of the interviews that he recorded were without any assistant or even a recorder so they are definitely not great in video quality but his aim was to keep the documentation and hence he felt that it was important to preserve the history than thinking or waiting for a day to get resources. He regrets that many of the interviews that he wanted to do but could not because of limitations due to resources.
This 323 page book, published by Peoples Literature Publication, has 22 interviews from across the globe and age group. He has interviewed many veteran Ambedkarites who had the opportunity, in person, to work & interact with Dr Ambedkar and learn from him directly.
This book attempts to bring in such voices and documents their views to preserve and promote their idea of Ambedkarism. Understanding Ambedkarism through the eyes of Ambedkarites like M/s Bhagwan Das, L R Balley, V T Rajshekar, Raja Dhale, Vijay Surwade and many others as well as those who may not claim to be Ambedkarite yet remained supporters of the movement and vision that Dr Ambedkar espoused for such as Dr R M Pal and Mr Anand Patwardhan. You will read Mr Anand Teltumbde’s fierce critique but also Mr A K Biswas and Manohar Biswas’s narratives about dominance of brahmanical politics in West Bengal.
The conversations are wide ranging with activists as well as human rights defenders in India, Nepal, Bangladesh, United Kingdom and United States of America. For the first time, here is a book that gives you indepth understanding of caste, race, class and other ethnic issues. The conversations are also about Dravidian legacy of EVR Periyar as well as the issues of Chakmas in Bangladesh too. The Dalit question in Nepal is well discussed with an Ambedkarite as well as one leader of the left movement in Nepal. Read the fascinating work of Ambedkarites in UK through the prism of Ms Santosh Dass, Mr Arun Kumar and Mr Bishan Dass Bains. A well explained interview with Prof Kevin Brown about the issues of African American as well as his fascination towards Dr Baba Saheb Ambedkar.
While some interviews were video recorded and are transcript of the video, some have been interviewed over email. Rawat raises critical and challenging questions to make the interviewee confront the reality. Many things go under the carpet with time and are forgotten. Whereas the ones who have been a part of that history, as eye witness, need to come out in open and disclose the facts to the people.
Conversations are an important part of our lives through which we can also preserve the oral history of our time. While those who are authors, historians, social scientists by profession, do get opportunities to express their expertise at various platforms not only speaking at forums or seminars but also writing scholarly papers too, there are hundreds of others, who might not have a ‘valid’ ‘professional’ qualification yet have wide experience of social movements that we study. There is a huge information and knowledge waiting to be recorded at various levels explains Rawat in his introduction of the book.
These interviews give different perspectives of Ambedkarism, and also explores views on Buddhism, Marxism and Gandhism. They explore history and unearth facts about the great leader, visionary Dr Ambedkar. This book is a very important document to researchers and also shall help the followers of Ambedkar to understand and interpret him better and in more contemporary context. This books shall help the reader to answer the question What if Ambedkar was alive today, how would he respond, react or reply.? (on contemporary issues)
While the political class has limited Ambedkar to be a dalit icon, the book attempts to emphasise the fact that Ambedkar is a global icon, a philosopher for the people who struggle for their rights. The author hopes these conversations will give us ideas to strengthen anti caste-anti patriarchy movement to make India truly a secular socialist republic as envisaged by Babasaheb Ambedkar and many other leaders of our freedom movement.
The book can be purchased at the below mentioned link
In 1932, Sigmund Freud and Albert Einstein conducted a correspondence subsequently published under the title ‘Why War?’ See ‘Why War: Einstein and Freud’s Little-Known Correspondence on Violence, Peace, and Human Nature’. In many ways, this dialogue between two giants of the 20th century is symbolic of the effort made by many humans to understand that perplexing and incredibly damaging feature of human experience: the institution of war.
In a recent article, the founder of peace research, Professor Johan Galtung, reminded us of the legacy of Freud and Einstein in this regard and reflected on their dialogue, noting some shortcomings including their failure to ‘unpack conflict’. See ‘Freud-Einstein on Peace’.
Of course, Freud and Einstein weren’t the first to consider the question ‘Why War?’ and their dialogue was preceded by a long sequence of individuals and even some organizations, such as the Women’s International League for Peace and Freedom and War Resisters’ International, who sought to understand, prevent and/or halt particular wars, or even to understand and end the institution itself, as exemplified by the Kellogg-Briand Pact in 1928 outlawing war. Moreover, given the failure of earlier initiatives, many individuals and organizations since Freud and Einstein have set out to understand, prevent and/or halt wars and these efforts have taken divergent forms.
Notable among these, Mohandas K. Gandhi was concerned to develop a mode of action to deal with many manifestations of violence and he dramatically developed, and shared, an understanding of how to apply nonviolence, which he labeled satyagraha (holding firmly to the truth), in overcoming large-scale violence and exploitation. He successfully applied his strategic understanding of nonviolence to the Indian independence struggle against British colonial rule. But while Gandhi was happy to acknowledge his debt to those who had gone before, he was not shy in proclaiming the importance of finding new ways forward: ‘If we are to make progress, we must not repeat history but make new history. We must add to the inheritance left by our ancestors.’
My own journey to understand human violence was caused by the death of my two uncles, Bob and Tom, in World War II, ten years before I was born. My childhood in the 1950s and 1960s is dotted with memories of my uncles, stimulated through such events as attending memorial services at the Shrine of Remembrance where their war service was outlined. See ‘My Brothers’ on my father’s website.
But by the early 1960s, courtesy of newspaper articles and photos, I had become aware of exploitation and starvation in Africa and elsewhere, and as a young university student in the early 1970s I was reading literature about environmental destruction. It wasn’t just war that was problematic; violence took many other forms too.
‘Why are human beings violent?’ I kept asking. Because I thought that this question must have been answered somewhere, I kept reading, including the work of Freud and Karl Marx as an undergraduate, but also the thoughts of many other scholars, such as Frantz Fanon, as well as anarchists, feminists and those writing from other perspectives which offered explanations of violence, whether direct, structural or otherwise.
By the early 1980s I had started to read Gandhi and I had begun to understand nonviolence, as Gandhi practised and explained it, with a depth that seemed to elude the activists I knew and even the scholars in the field that I read.
Separately from this, I was starting to gain a sense that the human mind was not something that could be understood well by viewing it primarily as an organ of thinking and that much of the literature and certainly most of the practitioners in the field of psychology and related fields, especially psychiatry, had failed to understand the emotional depth and complexity of the human mind and the implications of this for dealing with conflict and violence. In this sense, it was clear to me, few had understood, let alone been able to develop, Freud’s legacy. This is because the fundamental problem is about feeling (and, in relation to violence, particularly suppressed fear and anger). Let me explain why.
Violence is something that is usually identified as physical: it involves actions like hitting, punching and using weapons such as a gun. This is one of the types of violence, and probably the one now most often lamented, that is inflicted on indigenous peoples, women and people of colour, among others.
Separately from this, Gandhi also identified exploitation as violence and Galtung elaborated this concept with his notion of ‘structural violence’. Other forms of violence have been identified and they take many forms such as financial violence, cultural violence and ecological violence. But violence can be more subtle than any of these and, hence, much less visible. I have given two of these forms of violence the labels ‘invisible violence’ and ‘utterly invisible violence’. Tragically, ‘invisible violence’ and ‘utterly invisible violence’ are inflicted on us mercilessly from the day we are born. And, as a result, we are all terrorized.
So what are ‘invisible’ and ‘utterly invisible’ violence?
In essence, ‘invisible’ violence is the ‘little things’ we do every day, partly because we are just ‘too busy’. For example, when we do not allow time to listen to, and value, a child’s thoughts and feelings, the child learns to not listen to themSelf thus destroying their internal communication system. When we do not let a child say what they want (or ignore them when they do), the child develops communication and behavioural dysfunctionalities as they keep trying to meet their own needs (which, as a basic survival strategy, they are genetically programmed to do).
When we blame, condemn, insult, mock, embarrass, shame, humiliate, taunt, goad, guilt-trip, deceive, lie to, bribe, blackmail, moralize with and/or judge a child, we both undermine their sense of Self-worth and teach them to blame, condemn, insult, mock, embarrass, shame, humiliate, taunt, goad, guilt-trip, deceive, lie, bribe, blackmail, moralize and/or judge.
The fundamental outcome of being bombarded throughout their childhood by this ‘invisible’ violence is that the child is utterly overwhelmed by feelings of fear, pain, anger and sadness (among many others). However, parents, teachers and other adults also actively interfere with the expression of these feelings and the behavioural responses that are naturally generated by them and it is this ‘utterly invisible’ violence that explains why the dysfunctional behavioural outcomes actually occur.
For example, by ignoring a child when they express their feelings, by comforting, reassuring or distracting a child when they express their feelings, by laughing at or ridiculing their feelings, by terrorizing a child into not expressing their feelings (e.g. by screaming at them when they cry or get angry), and/or by violently controlling a behaviour that is generated by their feelings (e.g. by hitting them, restraining them or locking them into a room), the child has no choice but to unconsciously suppress their awareness of these feelings.
However, once a child has been terrorized into suppressing their awareness of their feelings (rather than being allowed to have their feelings and to act on them) the child has also unconsciously suppressed their awareness of the reality that caused these feelings. This has many outcomes that are disastrous for the individual, for society and for nature because the individual will now easily suppress their awareness of the feelings that would tell them how to act most functionally in any given circumstance and they will progressively acquire a phenomenal variety of dysfunctional behaviours, including many that are violent towards themselves, others and/or the Earth.
Moreover, this emotional (or psychological) damage will lead to a unique combination of violent behaviours in each case. And some of these individuals will gravitate to working in one of the social roles that specifically requires, or justifies, the use of ‘legitimized violence’, such as the violence carried out by police, prosecuting lawyers, magistrates and judges, as well as that inflicted by the military. Others, of course, will operate outside the realm of legitimized violence and be labelled as ‘criminals’.
But, you might be wondering, what is the link between what happens in childhood and war?
The answer is simply that perpetrators of violence, and those who collaborate with them, are created during childhood. And these perpetrators and collaborators are all terrified, self-hating and powerless – for much greater detail of the precise psychological characteristics of perpetrators of violence and their collaborators, see ‘Why Violence?’ and ‘Fearless Psychology and Fearful Psychology: Principles and Practice’ – and they go on to perform all of the key roles in creating, maintaining, equipping, staffing and legitimizing the institutions of war and in conducting it.
If it weren’t for the violence to which we are all mercilessly subjected throughout childhood, there would be no interest in violence or war of any kind. If we were raised without violence, we would be naturally peaceful and cooperative, content to spend our time seeking to achieve our own unique evolutionary potential and to nurture the journey of others as well as life itself, rather than just become another cog in someone else’s military (or other bureaucratic or corporate) machine.
A child is not born to make war. But if you inflict enough violence on a child, and destroy their capacity to become their own unique and powerful self, they will be terrorised into perceiving violence and war as their society wants them to be perceived. And violence and war, and the institutions that maintain them, will flourish.
If we want to end war, we must halt the adult war against children as a priority.
The mission of the Center for Global Nonkilling is to promote change toward the measurable goal of a killing-free world by means open to infinite human creativity. The goal can be reached by globally advancing nonkilling knowledge and skills, incorporating them into education and training, and applying them in individual and social decisions for the well-being of all. The task calls for infinite creativity and mutual support among all individuals, organizations, and institutions whose work contributes to progress toward the goal of a nonkilling world.
[/themify_box]
[themify_hr border_width=”5px” color=”red”]
Summary:
In 1950, at the time of the Korean crisis, the UN, under the leadership of the United States was united to counter the aggression of the North. In this situation Russia made it a condition that it would join forces, if the UN started transitioning to genuine collective security, in accordance with the relevant provision in the Charter. What actually was the idea of the transition, and what did the Russians expect, e.g. of the Germans and the French, with regard to the peace clauses that French and German socialists had succeeded to write into the countries’ new constitutions. What were the consequences of the decisions made at the time?
[themify_quote]“Things cannot be forced from the top … The international relinquishing of so- vereignty would have to spring from the people—it would have to be so strong that the elected delegates would be turned out of office if they failed to do it … We must face the truth that the people have not been horrified by war to a sufficient extent to force them to go to any extent rather than have another war … War will exist until that distant day when the conscientious objector enjoys the same reputation and prestige that the warrior does today.” (John F. Kennedy as a young journalist attending the San Francisco UN Conference in June 1945)2[/themify_quote]
[themify_quote]“History is, as a rule, about the when and where of what was done by whom and even, sometimes, about the why. Over- whelmingly, focus is on the done … what was (and is) not do- ne tends stalwartly to be considered at best historically uninteresting and at worst not history at all.”3[/themify_quote]
The subject I am presenting is likely to have important consequences for the future of peace. As is well known a- mong peace historians, at the Hague Peace Conferences, 1899 and 1907, when the nations represented voted on the “obligatory arbitration” powers of the international court, Germany twice cast a veto. So, the Conferences failed to achieve their most important objectives, disarmament and an international legal order to secure peace. Some forty years later in the new German constitution the mistake made at The Hague was acknowledged and an obligation entered to submit to the I.C.J.’s compulsory jurisdiction, join a system of collective security and never again take part in aggressive war.
In 1950, at the time of the Korean crisis, when the United Nations under the leadership of the United States were uniting to fend off the aggression of the North, Russia made it a condition that it would join forces only, if and when the Uni- ted Nations started transitioning to genuine collective security, in accordance with the relevant provision in the U.N. Charter. Since Germany had just previously, in May 1949, adopted a new Constitution providing for delegating security sovereignty to the United Nations in favor of “a system of mutual collective security” and disarming to the minimum stipulated in Article 26 of the U.N. Charter, did the Russians speculate that the Germans would take action to initiate the process of the transition? The German Constitution’s Article 24 reads:
[themify_quote][Article 24, Transfer of sovereign powers – System of col- lective security]
(1) The Federation may by a law [passed with a single majority in parliament] transfer sovereign powers to international organizations.4
(1a) [irrelevant]
(2) With a view to maintaining peace, the Federation may enter into a system of mutual collective security; in doing so it shall consent to such limitations upon its sovereign powers as will bring about and secure a lasting peace in Europe and among the nations of the world.
(3) For the settlement of disputes between states, the Federation shall accede to agreements providing for general, comprehensive and compulsory international arbitration.
[/themify_quote]
It appears that delegating security sovereignty to the U.N. was designed to initiate and facilitate the process of the transition to collective security stipulated in Article 106 of the U.N. Charter which reads (under its Chapter XVII heading: “Transitional Security Arrangements”):
[themify_quote]Pending the coming into force of such special agreements referred to in Article 43 as in the opinion of the Security Council enable it to begin the exercise of its responsibilities under Article 42, the parties to the Four-Nation Declaration, signed at Moscow, 30 October 1943, and France, shall, in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 5 of that Declaration, consult with one another and as occasion requires with other Members of the United Nations with a view to such joint action on behalf of the Organization as may be necessary for the purpose of maintaining international peace and security.[/themify_quote]
[pullquote]
This was rejected. The Convention Committee maintained that it was “aware that (this meant that) the German people would be called to take the initiative, but it is of the opinion that after the things that have happened in the name of the German people, such an initiative (Vorleistung), which will be followed by corresponding (legislative) action of the other states, is advisable/in order.”
[/pullquote]
Since the “special agreements referred to in Article 43” have never been concluded, the Security Council has so far de jure not been empowered to function effectively; it has not even ‘begun’ the “exercise of its responsibilities.” In fact, the five Permanent Members of the Security Council (“P5”) can take action even without the ‘mantle of legitimacy’ of the U.N. Charter, and even in a ‘Coalition of the Willing’. Under these circumstances it is argued that Germany, by delegating “security sovereignty” to the U.N. Security Council, could trigger the process of the transition to genuine collective security and disarmament.
It can be said that applying the ‘constitutional law(s) of peace’ (Droit constitutionnel de la paix),5 to put the system of collective security into effect, would be of immense benefit; it enables lawmakers of a single nation to take positive action by law, “which will (then) be followed by corresponding (legislative) action of the other states,”6 entering into a state of contract with the U.N. Security Council to empower the United Nations and give the Security Council a basic law. As far as is discernible this aspect has not received the attention it deserves.
1This essay is base on a Paper presented at the International Peace Research Associati- on Conference, 10-15 August 2014, Istanbul, Turkey.
2Quoted in Arthur Meier Schlesinger, A Thousand Days: John F. Kennedy in the White House. Boston, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt 2002 (1965), p. 88-89.
3Antony Adolf, “Preconditional, Didactic and Predictive Histories. An Introduction to Nonkilling History”, in Antony Adolf (ed.), Nonkilling History: Shaping Policy with Lessons from the Past, Honolulu, Center for Global Nonkilling 2010, p. 13. 4At the Constitutional Convention of Herrenchiemsee in August 1948, under the chairmanship of social democrat Carlo Schmid, the issue was discussed whether the German article should also state the condition of reciprocity, like the French article.
5See Boris Mirkine-Guetzévitch, Le droit constitutionnel et l’organisation de la paix (droit constitutionnel de la paix), Recueil des Cours, 3/45 (1933), pp. 676-773, and Mirkine-Guetzévitch, La Renonciation à la Guerre dans le Droit Constitutionnel mod- erne, Revue Héllenique de Droit International, Vol. 4, 1951, pp. 1-16. See also Raphaël Porteilla and Joël Mekhantar (eds.), La Paix et les Constitutions, Dijon, ESKA 2015, who, however, seem not to have covered Mirkine-Guetzévitch and much of the field.
6Der Parlamentarische Rat 1948-1949, Akten und Protokolle (The Parliamentary Council, Acts and Protocols), vol. 2, Der Verfassungskonvent auf Herrenchiemsee (The Constitu- tional Convention of Herrenchiemsee), Boppard am Rhein, Harald Boldt 1981 (August 1948), p. 207. See also Klaus Schlichtmann, Artikel 9 im Normenkontext der Staatsver- fassungen. Souveränitätsbeschränkung und Kriegsverhütung im 20. Jahrhundert (Article 9 in Context, limitations of national sovereignty and the prevention of war in twentieth century constitutional law), Gewollt oder geworden, Referate des 4. Japanologentages der OAG in Tokyo, ed. by Werner Schaumann, Munich, iudicium 1996, pp. 129-150. An English rendering of the German article is available: Article Nine in Context— Limitations of National Sovereignty and the Abolition of War in Constitutional Law, The Asia-Pacific Journal, vol. 23-6-09 (8 June 2009). (Also online: JAPAN FOCUS)
[themify_box]
Prof Klaus Schlichtmann
Prof. Klaus Schlichtmann
was born in Hamburg, Germany, as the son of a medical doctor, in 1944. As a teenager he developed an interest in philosophy, comparative culture, Buddhism, the arts, literature and politics.
He left Germany at the age of 18, and soon after started his Yatra to India, travelling overland through Turkey, Syria, Iraq, Iran and Pakistan.
From 1964 to 1966 he was German lecturer at the Sanskrit Viswavidyalaya in Varanasi (Benares). He spent a number of years in India, doing research and ‘going native’.
After returning to Germany he took up studies at Kiel Uni- versity, where Asian history became his major subject, with international law and political science as his two minor sub- jects.
In 1992 he obtained a scholarship to go to Japan to work on his doctoral thesis about the Japanese pacifist dip- lomat and post-World-War II Prime Minister Kijuro Shide- hara (1872-1951) who is credited with having suggested the war-renouncing Article 9 of the Japanese Constitution to General Douglas MacArthur in January 1946.
Klaus Schlichtmann has published in German, English and Japanese, among others on the Hague Peace Conferences, Germany and Japan in the interwar period, U.N. Reform, H.G. Wells, Gandhi and related subjects. His original dissertation (Kiel 1997) on Kijuro Shidehara was published in English transla- tion in two volumes in 2009 by Lexington Books, USA with the title Japan in the World. Shidehara Kijuro, Pacifism and the Abolition of War.
He is presently a professor in the language department of Nihon University, Tokyo. He has two sons and one daughter.
It is a tragic measure of the depravity of human existence that genocide is a continuing and prevalent manifestation of violence in the international system, despite the effort following World War II to abolish it through negotiation, and then adoption and ratification of the 1948 ‘Genocide Convention‘.
According to the Genocide Convention, genocide is any act committed with the intent to destroy, in whole or in part, a national, ethnic, racial or religious group by killing members of the group, causing serious bodily or mental harm to members of the group, deliberately inflicting on the group conditions of life calculated to bring about its physical destruction in whole or in part, imposing measures intended to prevent births within the group and/or forcibly transferring children of the
group to another group.
While this definition is contested because, for example, it excludes killing of political groups, and words such as ‘democide’ (the murder or intentionally reckless and depraved disregard for the life of any person or people by their government,) and ‘politicide’ (the murder of any person or people because of their political or ideological beliefs) have been suggested as complementary terms, in fact atrocities that have been characterized as ‘genocide’ by various authors include mass killings, mass deportations, politicides, democides, withholding of food and/or other necessities of life, death by deliberate exposure to invasive infectious disease agents or combinations of these. See ‘Genocides in history‘.
While genocide and attempts at genocide were prevalent enough both before World War II (just ask the world’s indigenous peoples) and then during World War II itself, which is why the issue attracted serious international attention in the war’s aftermath, it cannot be claimed that the outlawing of genocide did much to end the practice, as the record clearly demonstrates.
Moreover, given that the United Nations and national governments, out of supposed ‘deference’ to ‘state sovereignty’, have been notoriously unwilling and slow to meaningfully respond to genocides, as was the case in Rwanda in 1994 and has been the case with the Rohingya in Myanmar (Burma) for four decades – as carefully documented in ‘The Slow-Burning Genocide of Myanmar’s Rohingya‘ – there is little evidence to suggest that major actors in the international system have any significant commitment to ending the practice, either in individual cases or in general. For example, as official bodies of the world watch, solicit reports and debate whether or not the Rohingya are actually victims of genocide, this minority Muslim population clearly suffers from what many organizations and any decent human being have long labeled as such. For a sample of the vast literature on this subject, see ‘The 8 Stages of Genocide Against Burma’s Rohingya‘ and ‘Countdown to Annihilation: Genocide in Myanmar‘.
Of course, it is not difficult to understand institutional inaction. Despite its fine rhetoric and even legal provisions, the United Nations, acting in response to the political and corporate elites that control it, routinely fails to act to prevent or halt wars (despite a UN Charter and treaties, such as the Kellogg-Briand Pact, that empower and require it to do so), routinely fails to defend refugees, routinely fails to act decisively on issues (such as nuclear weapons and the climate catastrophe) that constitute global imperatives for human survival, and turns the other way when peoples under military occupation (such as those of Tibet, West Papua, Western Sahara and Palestine) seek their
support.
Why then should those under genocidal assault expect supportive action from the UN or international community in general? The factors which drive these manifestations of violence serve a diverse range of geopolitical interests in each case, and are usually highly profitable into the bargain. What hope justice or even decency in such circumstances?
Moreover, the deep psychological imperatives that drive the phenomenal violence in the international system are readily nominated: in essence, phenomenal fear, self-hatred and powerlessness. These psychological characteristics, together with the others that drive the behaviour of perpetrators of violence, have been identified and explained – see ‘Why Violence?‘ and ‘Fearless Psychology and Fearful Psychology: Principles and Practice‘ – but it is the way these (unconsciously and deeply-suppressed) emotions are projected that is critical to understanding the violent (and insane) behavioural outcomes in our world. For brief explanations see, for example, ‘Understanding Self-Hatred in World Affairs‘ and ‘The Global Elite is Insane‘.
Given the deep psychological imperatives that drive the violence of global geopolitics and corporate exploitation (as well as national, subnational and individual acts of violence), we cannot expect a compassionate and effective institutional response to genocide in the prevailing institutional order, as the record demonstrates. So, is there anything a targeted population can do to resist a genocidal assault?
Fortunately, there is a great deal that a targeted population can do. The most effective response is to develop and implement a comprehensive nonviolent strategy to either prevent a genocidal assault in the first place or to halt it once it has begun. This is done most effectively by using a sound strategic framework that guides the comprehensive planning of the strategy. Obviously, there is no point designing a strategy that is incomplete or cannot be successful.
A sound strategic framework enables us to think and plan strategically so that once our strategy has been elaborated, it can be widely shared and clearly understood by everyone involved. It also means that nonviolent actions can then be implemented because they are known to have strategic utility and that precise utility is understood in advance. There is little point taking action at random, especially if our opponent is powerful and committed (even if that ‘commitment’ is insane which, as briefly noted above, is invariably the case).
There is a simple diagram presenting a 12-point strategic framework illustrated here in the form of the ‘Nonviolent Strategy Wheel‘.
In order to think strategically about nonviolently defending against a genocidal assault, a clearly defined political purpose is needed; that is, a simple summary statement of ‘what you want’. In general terms, this might be stated thus: To defend the [nominated group] against the genocidal assault and establish the conditions for the group to live in peace, free of violence and exploitation.
Once the political purpose has been defined, the two strategic aims (‘how you get what you want’) of the strategy acquire their meaning. These two strategic aims (which are always the same whatever the political purpose) are as follows: 1. To increase support for the struggle to defeat the genocidal assault by developing a network of groups who can assist you. 2. To alter the will and undermine the power of those groups inciting, facilitating, organizing and conducting the genocide.
While the two strategic aims are always the same, they are achieved via a series of intermediate strategic goals which are always specific to each struggle. I have identified a generalized set of 48 strategic goals that would be appropriate in the context of ending any genocide here. https://nonviolentliberationstrategy.wordpress.com/strategywheel/strategic-aims/
These strategic goals can be readily modified to the circumstances of each particular instance of genocide.
Many of these strategic goals would usually be tackled by action groups working in solidarity with the affected population campaigning in third-party countries. Of course, individual activist groups would usually accept responsibility for focusing their work on achieving just one or a few of the strategic goals (which is why any single campaign within the overall strategy is readily manageable).
As I hope is apparent, the two strategic aims are achieved via a series of intermediate strategic goals.
Not all of the strategic goals will need to be achieved for the strategy to be successful but each goal is focused in such a way that its achievement will functionally undermine the power of those conducting the genocide.
It is the responsibility of the struggle’s strategic leadership to ensure that each of the strategic goals, which should be identified and prioritized according to their precise understanding of the circumstances in the country where the genocide is occurring, is being addressed (or to prioritize if resource limitations require this).
I wish to emphasize that I have only briefly discussed two aspects of a comprehensive strategy for ending a genocide: its political purpose and its two strategic aims (with its many subsidiary strategic goals). For the strategy to be effective, all twelve components of the strategy should be planned (and then implemented). See Nonviolent Defense/Liberation Strategy.
This will require, for example, that tactics that will achieve the strategic goals must be carefully chosen and implemented bearing in mind the vital distinction between the political objective and strategic goal of any such tactic. See ‘The Political Objective and Strategic Goal of Nonviolent Actions‘.
It is not difficult to nonviolently defend a targeted population against genocide. Vitally, however, it requires a leadership that can develop a sound strategy so that people are mobilized and deployed effectively.
[themify_quote]Definitions below have been obtained from a variety of open-source online sites – and then edited to fit[/themify_quote]
Big Pharma is the pejorative term given to the vast number of multinational (global) pharmaceutical corporations. It takes no Hippocratic Oath, does not insist that its sycophants give fully informed consent when their products are prescribed and it ignores the Precautionary Principle, thus affirming the sense that it has no concern for the health of its users or the health of the planet.
Big Pharma’s corporations make up the most profitable industry on the planet. According to US surveys, its executives are also among the most despised multimillionaires in America – just behind Big Tobacco and Big Oil. It is the industry that has the largest number of salespersons (who try to induce/bribe physicians to prescribe their increasingly unaffordable products that usually have no long-term safety studies performed prior to launch, especially when taken in combination with other of its drugs).
Big Pharma spends the most money of any other industry advertising their products on TV and print media outlets (trying to make prospective patients demand getting the prescribed from their physicians). This industry hires the most highly paid lobbyists in Washington, DC (many of whom actually help write legislation that favors itself at the expense of patients – who are at the mercy of the medical establishment that prescribes its products).
Critics of Big Pharma often use the Big Pharma nickname when addressing this partial list of its well-documented abuses:
1) Trying to suck every penny out of the pockets of the sick, injured, dying, and hypochondriacal.
2) Inventing new diseases so that frightened people will buy more drugs.
3) Selling new and old drugs, many of which are often falsely and cunningly marketed to be life-long medications that often cause dependency (addiction) so that those now-permanent customers won’t be able to stop taking them without going through serious withdrawal (similar to what happens to those taking addictive, molecularly-similar street drugs like uppers, downers, tranquilizers, hallucinogens, alcohol, nicotine, etc.
4) Demonizing and trying to drive out of business alternative treatments that would be cheaper, safer and possibly even curative.
5) Cleverly “educating” the public about a new disease just before the FDA is about to announce the approval of a new drug for the disorder.
6) Managing to convince people that their curable, temporary malady is permanent or more serious than it is, making them more willing to see a doctor and pay for high priced drugs.
An organized religion is a belief system that has a large number of followers and a set of rules that must be followed.
A cult is a religious or semi-religious sect whose members are controlled almost entirely by a single individual or by an organization. This kind of cult is usually manipulative and demanding of total commitment, unconditional obedience and loyalty from its followers.
Organized crime is illegal behavior that is planned and carried out by groups of people (sociopaths) in a very systematic fashion.
Faith is the strong or unshakeable belief in something, especially without proof or evidence (or, in the case of sociopathic corporations; believing in provably false, fraudulent corporate pseudoscience).
Heresy is any belief or theory that is at variance with the established beliefs or customs of an organized group, especially a religious organization. A heretic is an ex-believer who has come to doubt or disobey the dogmas and beliefs of the group. The heretic is often punished for his or her disobedience (especially if the heretic refuses to be silent in the hope of reforming or exposing the criminality of the organization – sort of like being “dis-fellowshipped” by the congregation of a Christian church).
A sociopath is an entity (including many inanimate, conscienceless corporations [google “The Corporation – the movie”) whose behavior is antisocial, often criminally greedy, and who lacks a sense of moral responsibility, empathy or social conscience. Sociopaths never sincerely apologize nor are they capable of exhibiting remorse for wrongs that they have committed.
Common sociopathic traits include:
No conscience; deceitful; aggressive; often guilty of repeatedly lying
Conning others for profit; aggressively avoiding punishment; lack of remorse for evils done to others; indifference to the suffering of its victims
Rationalizes (makes excuses for) having hurt, mistreated or stolen from others
Willingness to exploit, seduce or manipulate others
Cunning, clever, and always looking for ways to make money or achieve fame or notoriety
Willing to cause or contribute to the financial ruin of others
Untrustworthy; cannot be trusted to adhere to conventional standards of morality
Big Pharma and its assortment of pro-drug/pro-vaccine acolytes in Big Medicine has a view of the world that requires as much of the public as possible to bow down to its fundamentalist, authoritarian “scientific priesthood of believers” whose knowledge, opinions, mercenary scientists, manufactured sets of data and orders from on high are never to be questioned.
Many such corporate powers appear to generously spread some of their wealth around (until it longer makes financial sense to do so), but it only does that to the acolytes and true believers that are loyal to it, particularly to its advertising branch, Big Media, a connected-to-the-Big Pharma-hip set of corporations, which knows its place, particularly because its executives and editors understand where most of its advertising revenues come from.
The executives of Big Pharma’s corporations are in possession of immense wealth and power – mostly undeserved, because the wealth usually comes from cunning or lucky investments – and lots of stock options. And, just like most non-democratic, authoritarian systems, the executives of Big Business insist that those below them in the pecking order pledge unquestioned obedience to the organization’s dogmatic teachings.
The acolytes of Big Pharma’s priests, the sales reps, are very well-paid underlings. But they have been indoctrinated in the faith and know that they will lose their status and incomes if they ever waver from the dogmatic teachings. As Upton Sinclair so wisely proclaimed: “It is difficult to get a man to understand something, when his salary depends upon his not understanding it!”
Baram wrote: “To sell their drugs, pharmaceutical companies hire former cheerleaders and ex-models to wine and dine doctors, exaggerate the drug’s benefits and underplay their side-effects, a former sales rep told a Congressional committee this morning.
“According to Ahari (ex-drug rep Shahram Ahari, who spent two years selling Prozac and Zyprexa for Eli Lilly), the benefits could be lucrative for sales reps, who tended to earn more than (Lilly’s) researchers. On top of a base salary for starting reps of $50,000, ‘there were four quarterly bonuses, an annual bonus, stock options, a car, 401K, great health benefits, and a $60,000 expense account.’
“Included in his prepared remarks, Ahari cites a quote from a senior marketing executive at Parke-Davis: ‘I want you out there every day selling Neurontin. Neurontin is more profitable than Accupril, so we need to focus on Neurontin. Pain management, now that’s money…. I don’t want to see a single patient coming off Neurontin before they’ve been up to at least 4,800 milligrams a day. I don’t want to hear that safety crap, either.’
Ahari was quoted elsewhere as saying that “his job involved ‘rewarding physicians with gifts and attention for their allegiance to your product and company despite what may be ethically appropriate …and that drug companies like hiring former cheerleaders and ex-models, as well as former athletes and members of the military, many of whom have no background in science.
Ahari was also quoted as saying that ‘On my first day of sales class, among 21 trainees and two instructors, I was the only one with any level of college-level science education…and that instructors teach sales tactics, including how to exceed spending limits for important clients, being generous with free samples to leverage sales, using friendships and personal gifts to foster a ‘quid pro quo’ relationship, and how to exploit sexual tension…The nature of this business is gift-giving…You drink the Kool-Aid. We were taught to minimize the side effects and how to use conversational ploys to minimize it or to change the topic.’”
Ahari was a heretic from the religious cult of Big Pharma when he finally couldn’t endure his two years job as drug rep for Eli Lilly anymore. He should be congratulated for followed his conscience in exposing the dark side of what he saw of the drug industry. He deserves our thanks, although I suspect that he paid dearly for his act of whistle-blowing.
It could be said that the first (now known to be false) article of faith in the Big Vaccine sector of the pharmaceutical cult (contrary to all the documented, unbiased historical evidence) is this one: “Vaccinations are the reason for the decreased deaths and disabilities related to common childhood infectious diseases.” For the evidence establishing that as a falsehood, click on: (http://duluthreader.com/articles/2017/06/14/10297_an_honest_look_at_the_historical_evidence_that)
Another article of faith declares the documented falsehood that “all vaccines are safe and effective”. In order to believe that one, one must ignore the fact that every vaccine has warnings about the dangers and lack of efficacy in the product information handouts. Big Pharma itself acknowledges that their vaccines are neurotoxic and have not been subjected to the gold standard – double blind studies – prior to FDA approval.
Faith in Big Pharma’s high priests (usually not even scientists, but rather masters of business administration) is the key to the belief (preferably blind) in this system. Those high priests are housed in the sacred corporate board rooms at Merck, Glaxo, Pfizer, Sanofi Pasteur, etc, and they forbid any government regulatory inspections of their manufacturing plants (privileged proprietary secrets!) unless there is a court-ordered subpoena related to a vaccine–injury or vaccine-death lawsuit (which, since 1986, is no longer allowed in the US).
The problem is that rich corporations have manipulated the science and thus have been able to distort research. Their vast financial influence gives them political clout and control of many scientific institutions. The result is that these for-profit institutions, research programs and practitioners now willingly serve the interests of powerful corporations rather than their vulnerable patients. Rather than helping mankind corporate greed has usurped what was once an honorable profession.
The reason why so many rational people doubt science is because they can have seen how it has been corrupted and manipulated by the 1%. They have noticed that the 1% has become increasingly unaccountable and that their activities and products are not properly regulated by watchdog governmental agencies. In fact, the regulatory agencies are being shut down or underfunded – as we speak!
Many scientific studies show that prescription drugs (especially psychiatric drugs) are a serious safety issue for both individuals and the environment.
By not being willing to inform patients about what is actually in the cocktail of vaccines or drugs that infants, children, pregnant women and increasingly chronically ill children are being injected with, Big Medicine is failing its ethical responsibility.
Labelling vaccines (and also food!) and fully informing patients about any potentially toxic ingredients would convince some patients to reject the “unavoidably unsafe” vaccines that are being forced into their bodies – and perhaps convince a small number of physicians, physician assistants and nurses to wonder about the over-vaccination agendas that they have blindly supported and had developed so much faith in. By attempting to side-line open discussion about Big Pharma’s potentially toxic products in this way, healthy public debate was stymied.
The concept of “sound science” is being manipulated by for-profit corporations and it increasingly obvious that there is a lot of deception going on, and it has become far too easy for America’s vaccine industry to promote vaccines since it coerced the US Congress and Ronald Reagan to grant legal immunity from prosecution for the deaths and disabilities of vaccine victims.
Big Pharma carries out inadequate and only short-term safety and efficacy studies and then conceals the data produced by the research done by its mercenary scientists under the rubric of “commercial confidentiality”, and this cover-up if facilitated by its partners in Big Media. Malcolm X was right when he famously proclaimed: “The real power of the media is the power to ignore.” Big Media censors out or distorts scientific facts – especially the inconvenient kind – and then helps its partners in crime to smear and intimidate anybody who challenges its interests. Heretics are not welcome. Ask Andy Wakefield, Chelsea Manning, Edward Snowden and the hundreds of other American whistle-blowers for justice that have been made radioactive.
The reason why informed consent is not practiced in the US and no vaccine labelling or testing has taken place is not due to “sound science” but rather due to the undeserved political power and influence of Big Pharma – and because sound scientific principles have not been applied.
The pharmaceutical sector knows that it cannot win a fair scientific debate on these issues, so it resorts to co-opting “key opinion leaders” that are willing to propagate various falsehoods and deceptions.
<<<Co-opting Scientific Research>>>
People’s faith in science (especially corporate science) is being destroyed at many levels. Big corporations have achieved intimate access to policy makers, legislators, bureaucrats and governments and are increasingly funding research and setting research agendas that only have profits as their motivation. Money talks.
It is not science itself that people have doubts about but the kind of science that is owned by powerful profit-making corporations who have infiltrated governmental regulatory bodies that have adopted a ‘don’t ask, don’t look, don’t find, don’t tell” approach – or are simply being pressured by Big Pharma to fast-track drugs and vaccines onto the market before proper research is done. Time is money, and there is so much more money to be made if short-cuts are taken doing the research.
Science is up for sale to the highest bidder, but one of the unwritten contract terms assumes the suppressing of adverse scientific findings and the intent to harm the careers of scientists who discover and then altruistically publish adverse findings about a drug or vaccine. The best recent example was the smearing of the reputation of Andrew Wakefield, MD and his team of researchers (who should have, by the way, gotten the Nobel Prize for making the connection between GlaxoSmithKline’s flawed live virus MMR vaccine and a cluster of severe infectious regional enteritis cases in severely regressed autistic children – and then publishing the study for in a 1998 Lancet article). Big Pharma has the financial clout to control the funding that shapes what research is conducted at Merck, Glaxo, Pfizer, Sanofi-Pasteur, AstraZeneca, the NIH, NIMH, CDC, and the many others who have massive financial and professional conflicts of interest.
<<<Are Synthetic Brain-altering Drugs and Vaccines Actually Good for You?>>>
Marcia Angell, author of The Truth About the Drug Companies: How They Deceive Us and What to Do About It and former editor-in-chief of the New England Journal of Medicine. Wrote this after she was fired for complaining in an editorial about Big Pharma’s increasing control over medical research: “It is simply no longer possible to believe much of the clinical research that is published, or to rely on the judgment of trusted physicians or authoritative medical guidelines. I take no pleasure in this conclusion, which I reached slowly and reluctantly over my two decades as an editor of The New England Journal of Medicine.”
And the retired editor-in-chief of the Lancet, Richard Horton, echoed what Dr Angell said:
“The case against science is straightforward: much of the scientific literature, perhaps half, may simply be untrue. Afflicted by studies with small sample sizes, tiny effects, invalid exploratory analyses, and flagrant conflicts of interest, together with an obsession for pursuing fashionable trends of dubious importance, science has taken a turn towards darkness.”
Big Pharma funds many for-profit research programs and greatly influences the careers of normally altruistic scientists. Through their funding activities, Big Pharma shapes the research agenda. Those agendas decide which issues are to be examined and which are not, and they even determine how research is to be carried out. By diverting funds to more malleable scientists they can suppress certain findings and even decide what gets published. Corporations may also fund or hold sway over journals and peer reviewers who commonly have their own careers to consider.
<<<Big Pharma: Masquerading as Trustworthy Truth-tellers>>>
Big Pharma’s thought-leaders routinely attack basic unbiased research scientists and scholars who have witnessed the immense dangers of America’s current corporate-induced, over-diagnosis, over-treatment, over-vaccination agendas because it is so very good for business.
The rhetoric makes the actual unbiased truth about the dangers of America’s over-vaccination schedules into taboo subjects. It also shuts down useful discussions about the root causes of our increasingly sick, over-treated and over-vaccinated society which, despite the trillions of dollars that the American health system has wasted on costly and usually unproductive screening tests, costly drugs, costly vaccines, and costly surgeries. Despite the trillions spent nobody can claim that they have increased either the quality or the quantity of American life.
Perhaps the well-financed thought-leaders from Merck, Glaxo, Pfizer et al (and the highly-paid mercenary scientist acolytes that are diligently working deep in the bowels of every Big Pharma corporate plant that you can name) should try to convince us why we should not doubt the perverted science that bombards us consumers multiple time per day – perhaps most cunningly in the incessant prime-time drug commercials and in the ubiquitous canned medical infomercials that pass as news items on the nightly news.
And while they are at it, given the reality of Big Pharma’s generations-long history of deceptions, cover-ups and criminality, they might want to contemplate why we should believe anything they say.
It is well past time for the hidden heretics and whistle-blowers to courageously stand up and address the congregation.
[themify_box]
Dr. Gary G. Kohls, MD
Dr Gary G Kohls MD
is a retired physician who practiced holistic, non-drug, mental health care for the last decade of his forty year family practice career. He is a contributor to and an endorser of the efforts of the Citizens Commission on Human Rights and was a member of MindFreedom International, the International Center for the Study of Psychiatry and Psychology, and the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies.
While running his independent clinic, he published over 400 issues of his Preventive Psychiatry E-Newsletter, which was emailed to a variety of subscribers. (They have not been archived at any website.) In the early 2000s, Dr Kohls taught a graduate level psychology course at the University of Minnesota Duluth. It was titled “The Science and Psychology of the Mind-Body Connection”.
Since his retirement, Dr Kohls has been writing a weekly column (titled “Duty to Warn”) for the Duluth Reader, an alternative newsweekly published in Duluth, Minnesota. He offers teaching seminars to the public and to healthcare professionals.
Over the 40 plus years that I was a family practitioner and teacher (the English word “doctor” derives from the Latin verb docere [do-ke-re] which means “to teach”), I have tried to fulfill what I have regarded as my solemn professional duty to warn my patients (and anybody else who would listen) about the multitude of deceptions and myths that all-too-often come from for-profit sociopathic pharmaceutical corporations (and their hangers-on). Those pesky entities never seem to give up trying to get patients (and us doctors as well) to desperately want to have the next blockbuster drug or vaccine, no matter what the fine print warnings say. Sadly, those always toxic synthetic substances invariably enriches the corporation more than it helps the duped patient.
Most of the time I was able to take the time to resist the temptation to blindly prescribe whatever treatment my patient saw on TV the night before, but it did take time. As I have often proclaimed in this column, it only takes two minutes to write a prescription, whereas it takes 20 minutes to not write one (a bunch of teaching and some arguing is required). But when time is money and medicine is a for-profit venture, one can predict what the average clinic administrator (and too many physicians) will choose to do. And therein lies one of the biggest problems in the for-profit medical (non-)system in America.
Being a physician, I had a certain amount of power to influence my patients to view with suspicion the latest fad drug. But more often than I care to admit, I found that I had also been the victim of deceptions and myths that my friendly – and very cunning – pharmaceutical salesperson wanted me to believe.
One of the most serious myths that I had to unlearn over the decades was the one that my academic (as opposed to clinical) medical professors had taught me about the “fact” that vaccines were entirely safe and entirely effective and were the reasons that measles, mumps, chickenpox and polio had virtually disappeared.
It was only after I had personally heard the many stories from the parents of vaccine-damaged children that I found the time to search the literature and find out more about the dangers and relative ineffectiveness of the vaccines that I once had prescribed. I never was led to believe that there was any reason for skepticism. In retrospect, I regard myself as being fortunate that I had already stopped seeing pediatric patients prior to the era when the various Big Pharma and Big Vaccine corporations (and their lapdog lobbying and trade organizations like the AMA, the AAFP and the AAP) were pushing dozens of new vaccines onto an unsuspecting public.
I was no different than most other healthcare givers in America in being relatively unaware of the dangers behind the escalating numbers of untested-for-safety inoculations that most family docs and pediatricians routinely prescribed for healthy (and even unhealthy!) kids. It wasn’t until the autism epidemic graph was found to be rising in parallel with the vaccine epidemic graph that I understood the obvious correlation between the two phenomena. There was no better answer to the question that the medical profession and Big Pharma consistently glossed over, tried to ignore and then irrationally tried to obfuscate: “what could be causing the astonishing and very sudden rise in the appearance of autism spectrum disordered kids?”
Here is the obvious answer to that question: It was the rapidly increasing numbers and combinations of known-to-be neurotoxic vaccines (as many as 9 antigens at one sitting into 2, 4 and 6 month well-babies!) that were being aggressively formulated, manufactured, aggressively marketed and then cavalierly injected into innocent babies, starting with the Reagan administration ‘s passage of a law that made it illegal for parents to sue vaccine companies or doctors when their little children suffered vaccine-related deaths or injuries from the combinations of vaccines that had never been tested for safety or even long-term effectiveness.
What made the connections between the shots and the resultant brain damage and autoimmunity so obvious was the fact that those intramuscularly-injected vaccines contained either 1) live viruses, some of which were known by the manufacturers (but not by the pediatricians or parents) to be capable of causing encephalitis (and therefore permanent brain damage), 2) mercury (thimerosal) which is known to cause the death of any cell it comes in contact with, especially liver, brain and nerve cells, and/or 3) aluminum which is known to cause brain damage, hyper-immunity and thus autoimmune disorders (which is now causing the American epidemic of childhood autoimmune disorders, an entirely new phenomenon that has no other logical explanation. Hereditary or genetics has nothing to do with either phenomenon.
Neither my drug reps nor my professors ever bothered to tell me what ingredients were in the baby shots. They maybe didn’t know themselves. They certainly didn’t tell me that there were intentionally-added metallic neurotoxins in the shots. They never informed me that the carcinogen formaldehyde was in many of the shots. They never informed me that a cancer-causing monkey virus (SV 40 – simian virus 40) was in one of the early Salk polio vaccines – still causing malignancies decades later! They never told me that the mercury and aluminum in the shots were accumulative (and synergistic!) nor that both metals could easily get into the brain and damage our mitochondria and cause brain toxicity, epilepsy, learning disorders, inattention, early deaths – and autism.
At any rate, in my wide reading and extensive research into the basic neuroscience of vaccines, I have acquired the science that I needed in order to understand exactly what my vaccine-damaged patients, relatives and acquaintances have gone through. Although it may be too late for them to benefit from the truth about vaccines, I do wish that I had known about those realities when I was practicing medicine, and I hope that I can belatedly shine some light on this important subject for that similar fates will be avoided for others. It might atone for some of the damage that I might have done to patients because of the many medical myths taught to me by my professors.
So I yield the remainder of this article to an important summary of the history of vaccinations written by a highly esteemed physician colleague of mine – and a fellow whistle-blower, Dr Suzanne Humphries, one of the most knowledgeable physicians on the subject of vaccines that I have ever encountered.
Dr Humphries co-authored an important book on the history of vaccines with Roman Bystrianyk. It is titled Dissolving Illusions: Disease, Vaccines, and The Forgotten History. Check our www.dissolvingillusions.com for much more, and spend an hour or two watching some of Dr Humphries powerful lectures about the science of vaccines, information that you wish your kid’s physicians would try to understand. Dr Humphries is one of the many featured scholars and experts on vaccine dangers on the powerful new 7-part documentary series that is entitled The Truth About Vaccines. The first episode of that series can be viewed for free at https://go2.thetruthaboutvaccines.com/docuseries/replay/.
Vaccines: A Peek Beneath the Hood By Roman Bystrianyk and Suzanne Humphries, MD Co-authors of Dissolving Illusions: Disease, Vaccines, and The Forgotten History
Originally published on the website of the International Medical Council on Vaccination
[themify_quote]
“It is dangerous to let the public behind the scenes. They are easily disillusioned and then they are angry with you, for it was the illusion they loved.”
– W. Somerset Maugham
[/themify_quote]
Medical history books, almost uniformly extol the virtues of vaccination. Upon reading these books, one is left with the impression that during the 1800s and into the 1900s, there were rampant plagues that killed countless scores of people and that, because of vaccines, this is no longer the case. This is certainly what we believed growing up, and most people we talk to have a similar impression. It generally permeates society as an established fact.
It is difficult to underestimate the contribution of immunization to our well-being. It has been estimated that, were it not for childhood vaccinations against diphtheria, pertussis, measles, mumps, smallpox, and rubella, as well as protection afforded by vaccines against tetanus, cholera, yellow fever, polio, influenza, hepatitis B, bacterial pneumonia, and rabies, childhood death rates would probably hover in the range of 20 to 50%. Indeed, in countries where vaccination is not practiced, the death rates among infants and young children remain at that level. [1]
Paul Offit talks in his recent book Deadly Choices—How the Anti-Vaccine Movement Threatens Us All about how the whooping cough vaccine has reduced deaths from that disease from 7,000 to only 30.
Whooping cough (pertussis) is a devastating infection. Before a vaccine was first used in the United States in the 1940s, about three hundred thousand cases of whooping cough caused seven thousand deaths every year, almost all in young children. Now, because of the pertussis vaccine, fewer than thirty children die every year from the disease. But times are changing. [2]
This type of information can even be found in medical journals. A lengthy study on whooping cough and the whooping cough vaccine was published in 1988 in the journal Pediatrics. The first paragraph of the paper states the following:
In the United States, pertussis has been successfully controlled by routine mass immunization of infants and children. In the pre-vaccine era, there were 115,000 to 270,000 cases of pertussis and 5,000 to 10,000 deaths due to the disease each year. During the last 10 years, there have been 1,200 to 4,000 cases and five to ten deaths per year. [3]
That paragraph set the tone for the rest of the article by indicating that thousands of people died each year from whooping cough, but after the DTP vaccine was introduced, very few died. Anyone who believed this statement would, of course, believe in the benefit of the vaccine.
The problem with these statements is that they are not supported by the evidence. When we look at the actual data, we see that although many people did die from whooping cough in the early part of the 1900s, by the time the vaccine had been introduced the death rate in the United States had declined by more than 90 percent. Using the source that was referenced to make the statement in the Pediatrics paper, we see that the decline in deaths from the peak was approximately 92 percent before the introduction of the DTP vaccine. [4]
The article in the journal Pediatrics is quite damaging because it would have been read primarily by doctors, leaving many with the impression that vaccines were completely responsible for the decline in deaths. The actual number of deaths by the time of the introduction of the DTP vaccine was approximately 1,200—not the 5,000 to 10,000 often cited. Again, this faulty thinking that vaccines were responsible for the lion’s share of mortality decline is pervasive in all corners of society.
An additional important point to notice is that when looking at the graph you can clearly see that each year the trend was that of a decrease in deaths from whooping cough. At the point the vaccine was introduced there was no apparent effect in the downward trend.
Another data set from England starting at the beginning of the 20th century shows the lack of impact of the vaccines even more dramatically. Here you can see that the death rate had fallen by over 98% before the national use of the DTP vaccine in the 1950s.
England began keeping statistics in 1838, which was 62 years before official U.S. statistics were gathered. Looking at this data, we can see that the death rate from infectious diseases was high during the 1800s and declined from the mid-1800s to the mid-1900s to almost zero. Looking at the whooping coughs death from England, deaths had decreased by more than 99 percent before any vaccine.
In the case of measles, the death rate had declined by almost 100 percent.
Analysis of the data shows this often-repeated mantra that vaccines were key in the decline of infectious disease deaths is a fallacy. Deaths had decreased by massive amounts before vaccinations. In the case of scarlet fever and other infectious diseases, deaths declined to near zero without any widespread vaccination.
Unfortunately, this erroneous belief has led people to trust in vaccination as the sole way to handle infectious diseases when there were clearly other factors that caused mortality to decline. Those factors were improved hygiene, sanitation, nutrition, labor laws, electricity, chlorination, refrigeration, pasteurization, and many other facets that we now generally take for granted as part of modern life. Very little of the improvement in the death rate had anything to do with medicine. A 1977 report estimated that, at best, approximately 3 percent of the mortality decline from infectious disease could be attributed to modern medical care.
In general, medical measures (both chemotherapeutic and prophylactic) appear to have contributed little to the overall decline in mortality in the United States since about 1900—having in many instances been introduced several decades after a marked decline had already set in and having no detectable influence in most instances. More specifically, with reference to those five conditions (influenza, pneumonia, diphtheria, whooping cough, and poliomyelitis) for which the decline in mortality appears substantial after the point of intervention—and on the unlikely assumption that all of this decline is attributable to the intervention . . . it is estimated that at most 3.5 percent of the total decline in mortality since 1900 could be ascribed to medical measures introduced for the diseases considered here. [5]
The emphasis today on more and more vaccines, is in part built on this ingrained thinking. The fact that deaths from infectious diseases declined so greatly before vaccines and antibiotics, is ignored. This lapse in study has created a situation where we could have learned a better way to manage all infections in a more comprehensive way. Yet, to this day, despite such a phenomenal transformation, we have failed to learn the lessons of this history. The solutions that led to a 99 percent decline in death has been ignored, with the entire emphasis on the final 1 percent, which would have occurred anyway even without a vaccine.
However, in some corners, there is recognition that vaccines were not what caused the major decline in infectious disease mortality. They often erroneously point to antibiotics and improved medical care and grudgingly give some credit to sanitation and other factors. There is little curiosity as to how all these factors worked and how they still apply today. The shift on emphasis is now on the incidence of disease after vaccination with a decreased emphasis on mortality. The thinking goes that, by wiping out the disease with vaccines, there is no risk of death. This appears to be a reasonable approach. How well has it worked?
Let’s take whooping cough as an example. In 1979 Sweden withdrew use of the DTP vaccine on the basis that it was not effective and possibly unsafe. The fear, of course, would be that with lower vaccination rates, the death rate would increase. So what happened in this case?
A 1995 letter from Victoria Romanus at the Swedish Institute of Infectious Disease Control indicated that deaths from whooping cough remained near zero. Sweden’s population was 8,294,000 in 1979 and 8,831,000 by 1995. From 1981 to 1993, eight children were recorded as dying, with the cause of death listed as pertussis. This averaged to be about 0.6 children per year possibly dying from whooping cough. These numbers show that the odds of dying from pertussis in Sweden were about 1 in 13,000,000 even when there was no national vaccination program. [6]
In another case, DTP vaccination coverage in England dropped from about 78 percent to 30 or 40 percent because of concerns over safety. The assumption was that there would be an increase in deaths due to the decreased coverage. The years from 1976 to 1980 were the ones when vaccination rates were at their lowest. Using official statistics, the number of deaths in those years totaled 35. The deaths from the previous five years (1971 to 1975), while vaccination rates were higher, totaled 55, or about 1.5 times greater than when vaccination rates were lower. [7] This was directly opposite what is generally believed should have happened.
And have whooping cough rates really been controlled? The sad truth is that whooping cough never really went away and is endemic. Huge numbers of people still cough from Bordetella pertussis, the bacteria involved in whooping cough. Because of waning vaccine- immunity, up to one-third of persistent coughs are whooping cough.
Although pertussis traditionally has been considered a disease of childhood, it was well-documented in adults nearly a century ago and is currently recognized as an important cause of respiratory disease in adolescents and adults, including the elderly. Because of waning immunity, adult and adolescent pertussis can occur even when there is a history of full immunization or natural disease . . . Studies from Canada, Denmark, Germany, France, and the United States indicate that between 12 and 32% of adults and adolescents with a coughing illness for at least 1 week are infected with Bordetella pertussis. [8]
Let’s focus on another infectious disease—measles. Keep in mind that by 1963, almost no one died from measles. During this year, the whole of New England had only five deaths (Maine: 1, New Hampshire: 0, Vermont: 3, Massachusetts: 0, Rhode Island: 1, Connecticut: 0) that were attributed to measles. [9] Deaths from asthma were actually 56 times greater than from measles during that year.
But did incidence decline as vaccine proponents emphasize? There are some graphs you can find on the Internet that claim there was little decrease in incidence. The graph I have seen that shows this only has a few data points and a line between two distant points in time. This graph is of poor quality and draws an incorrect conclusion. Looking at more comprehensive incidence data, we can see a drop in incidence in 1963 at the introduction of the measles vaccine.
Measles incidence did apparently dramatically drop after 1963. But can this drop be completely attributed to the success of the measles vaccine? The early measles vaccine that contained “killed” virus was an aluminum-precipitated vaccine produced from formaldehyde-inactivated monkey kidney cell cultures. A study from 1967 revealed that the vaccine could cause pneumonia as well as encephalopathy (inflammation of the brain).
Pneumonia is a consistent and prominent finding. Fever is severe and persistent and the degree of headache, when present, suggests a central nervous system involvement. Indeed one patient in our series who was examined by EEG, evidence of disturbed electrical activity of the brain was found, suggestive of encephalopathy . . . These untoward results of inactivated measles virus immunization was unanticipated. The fact that they have occurred should impose a restriction on the use of inactivated measles virus vaccine. We now recommend that inactivated measles virus vaccine should no longer be administered. [10]
The killed vaccines were quickly abandoned. [11] But there were also significant issues with the live vaccines, which were not highly attenuated and produced a “modified measles” rash in about half of those injected—essentially equivalent to a case of measles. Forty-eight percent of people had rash, and 83 percent had fevers up to 106°F post-injection.
So how did measles incidence drop so dramatically after the 1963 vaccine? In part, it had to do with a definition. If you had a high fever and you had a vaccine, of course you didn’t have measles even if you were sicker than you would have been if you contracted measles naturally.
Back in the 1960s, it was expected that a single shot would protect you for life without serious effects, which would later turn out not to be true.
The United State Public Health Service licensed a new, refined, live-measles vaccine. Although several live vaccines have been licensed since 1963—all of them one-shot treatments that give life immunity without serious side-effects—the new one is considered by epidemiologists as “the best so far in minimizing the side-effects.” [12]
Claims were even made in the 1960s that only a certain number of children needed to be vaccinated in order to wipe out measles.
Measles, the “harmless” childhood disease that can kill, will be nearly eradicated from most areas of the country a year from now, officials of the United States Public Health Service predict . . . Although there are still more than 12 million susceptible children, vaccination of the “right” two million to four million youngsters could wipe out the disease, according to Dr. Robert J. Warren of the Communicable Disease Center in Atlanta. [13]
More than a decade later, the objective of measles elimination was still not achieved. There were repeat epidemics that happened throughout the United States.
By 1989 the new theory on failure to eradicate was that the earlier vaccines were not as effective as originally believed. Some of the first vaccines mass produced in 1963 contained a killed virus. In 1989 Dr. Feigin of Texas Children’s Hospital stated that he believed the 1963 vaccine was “not widely effective” and that the 1967 vaccine was unstable and lost its “effectiveness” if not properly refrigerated. It was not until 1980 that a stable live measles vaccine became available. [14]
In the same year, after three types of measles vaccines had failed to produce eradication or even predictable herd immunity, vaccine scientists changed course from one shot and stated that, in using the new live vaccine, two doses would be required for reliable protection. They also recommended that everyone under the age of 32 be revaccinated because the old vaccines they received were inadequate. The single shot once promised to provide lifelong immunity against measles in the 1960s was never produced.
And was the measles incidence declining before 1963 anyway? Looking at the measles incidence data, the trend line shows that incidence was on the decline.
In fact, if that trend line held, measles incidence would have hit zero by around the year 2000. This is actually the year when the CDC declared measles had been eliminated from the United States.
So were all these vaccines worth the cost, effort, and adverse reactions to tackle what was by 1963 considered a mild childhood illness?
When we hear about vaccines, we are often told a simple story of how they stimulate antibodies. The theory goes that the stimulation of antibodies creates a memory of a disease so the next time you encounter it, your body will quickly defeat the enemy. It’s a nice, simple, and easy-to-remember story.
Believing you understand the immune system because you hear the words “antibodies” and “protection” mentioned together is like thinking you know how a car really works because you see it has wheels. The immune system is a highly complex, still-poorly understood entity, composed of many different cell lines, each producing different chemicals that are released into the blood. These chemicals are used by the body and are affected by age, stress, nutritional status, environment, and a whole host of factors that are barely understood.
“. . . the immune system remains a black box,” says Garry Fathman, MD, a professor of immunology and rheumatology and associate director of the Institute for Immunology, Transplantation and Infection . . . “It’s staggeringly complex, comprising at least 15 different interacting cell types that spew dozens of different molecules into the blood to communicate with one another and to do battle. Within each of those cells sit tens of thousands of genes whose activity can be altered by age, exercise, infection, vaccination status, diet, stress, you name it. . . . That’s an awful lot of moving parts. And we don’t really know what the vast majority of them do, or should be doing . . . [15]
The immune system is traditionally divided into the humoral immune system that is involved with antibodies and the cellular immune system that does not involve antibodies but entails the activation of various cells such as natural killer cells. What we do know is that, contrary to popular belief, antibodies are not necessary when it comes to full measles recovery.
. . . children with antibody deficiency syndromes have quite unremarkable attacks of measles with the characteristic rash and normal recovery. Furthermore, they are not unduly prone to reinfection. It therefore seems that serum antibody, at any rate in any quantity, is not required for the production of the measles rash; nor for the normal recovery from the disease; nor to prevent reinfection. [16]
Children with a deficit in antibody production, called agammaglobulinemia, recover from measles just as well as normal antibody producers, and this has been known since the late 1960s when vaccines were being developed and advanced. But antibody response is really the only thing that is talked about and promoted when it comes to vaccines. Because this knowledge disturbed the simplistic antibody-protection paradigm, it was considered a “disconcerting” discovery in this 1968 medical paper.
One of the most disconcerting discoveries in clinical medicine was the finding that children with congenital agammaglobulinaemia, who could make no antibody and had only insignificant traces of immunoglobulin in circulation, contracted measles in normal fashion, showed the usual sequence of symptoms and signs, and were subsequently immune. [17]
How does nutrition play a role in disease? Discovered in the 1920s, vitamin A was dubbed the “anti-infective” vitamin. It alone has a tremendous impact on measles deaths. During the 1990s, mortality reductions of 60 to 90 percent were measured in poor countries using vitamin A in hospitalized measles cases.
Combined analyses showed that massive doses of vitamin A given to patients hospitalized with measles were associated with an approximately 60% reduction in the risk of death overall, and with an approximate 90% reduction among infants . . . Administration of vitamin A to children who developed pneumonia before or during hospital stay reduced mortality by about 70% compared with control children. [18]
Availability of vitamin C-rich fruits and vegetables was another factor in disease morbidity and mortality reduction. There were improving trends in overall nutrition, as seen by a parallel in the decline in deaths from measles and the vitamin C deficiency disease, scurvy. Experiments done in the 1940s showed that vitamin C was effective against measles, especially when used in higher doses.
During an epidemic [of measles] vitamin C was used prophylactically and all those who received as much as 1000 mg. every six hours, by vein or muscle, were protected from the virus. Given by mouth, 1000 mg. in fruit juice every two hours was not protective unless it was given around the clock. It was further found that 1000 mg. by mouth, four to six times each day, would modify the attack; with the appearance of Koplik’s spots and fever, if the administration was increased to 12 doses each 24 hours, all signs and symptoms would disappear in 48 hours. [19]
In the early 1900s, other treatments were being successfully used to treat measles. In 1919 Dr. Drummond commented that cinnamon oil was an effective prophylactic against measles or that it made measles milder.
It has been my practice, when I meet with a case of measles in a family, to prescribe a course of cinnamon for all unprotected members of the family. In the majority of cases the person so treated [with cinnamon] escaped the disease [measles] altogether, or else had it in very mild form. [20]
Nutrition and other factors have a big impact on measles, so why aren’t we talking about them at all? Because the emphasis is always on a single, highly lucrative medical procedure—vaccination. This sole paradigm has swept virtually all other strategies to the wayside.
Another key factor to consider is that measles vaccine does not create lifelong immunity,whereas natural infection with measles does. The only way to remain immune with artificial immunity via vaccines is to be vaccinated several times during a lifetime. We have not yet seen how the vaccine will play out over several generations of exclusively vaccinated people. Epidemics are likely to become more common in the future.
A 2009 study published in Proceedings of the Royal Society investigated what could happen with waning measles vaccine immunity even with high vaccine coverage among children. They predicted that, after a long disease-free period in the population, the introduction of infection will lead to far larger epidemics than predicted by standard models.
We can foresee that vaccination will have two conflicting effects . . . it will reduce the number of newborn susceptibles and hence should have some of the usual associated public-health benefits reducing the number of cases in young children. However, this reduction in cases will lead to a reduction in boosting and therefore a greater susceptibility to infection in older age classes . . . When immunity wanes, vaccination has a far more limited impact on the average number of cases. While this observation has clear public-health implications, the dynamic consequences of the interaction between vaccination, waning immunity and boosting are far more striking. For high levels of vaccination (greater than 80%) and moderate levels of waning immunity (greater than 30 years), large-scale epidemic cycles can be induced. [21]
A 1984 study [22] reported that by 2050, the proportion of measles susceptibles may be greater than in the pre-vaccine era. So have we created a ticking time bomb with waning immunity? Will there actually be bigger measles epidemics in the future? If there are, the response will probably be to blame the unvaccinated, which has in fact been done for over 100 years, and then to enforce more vaccinations upon different age groups.
Because of the zealous pro-vaccine bias that permeates society, the true forces that drove the major decline in deaths from infectious diseases are not acknowledged. At most, there is a slight admission that “sanitation” has some effect, but better medical care and antibiotics are still given the credit.
Groups of individuals who have anointed themselves as “skeptics” seek to derail anything that questions vaccination. The definition of skeptic used to be “one who instinctively or habitually doubts, questions, or disagrees with assertions or generally accepted conclusions”, but this definition in its modern usage has been hijacked and transformed to someone that essentially blindly supports any orthodox position as gospel. These people will continue on their crusade of supporting vaccines at all costs and to assail anything that might question their myopic view. If those people had a desire to learn the truth, perhaps they would peek beneath the hood of infectious diseases and vaccines, and learn a little more. Imagine what could be in the trunk!
Suzanne Humphries and Roman Bystrianyk are authors of Dissolving Illusions: Disease, Vaccines and the Forgotten History available on amazon.
Bibliography:
1. Irwin W. Sherman, Twelve Diseases That Changed Our World, 2007, p. 66.
2. Paul A. Offit, MD, Deadly Choices—How the Anti-Vaccine Movement Threatens Us All, 2011, p. xii.
3. James D. Cherry, MD MSc; Philip A. Brunell, MD; Gerald S. Golden, MD; and David T. Karzon, MD, “Report on the Task Force on Pertussis and Pertussis Immunization—1988,” Pediatrics, June 1988, vol. 81, no. 6, Part 2, p. 939.
4. Historical Statistics of the United States Colonial Times to 1970 Part 1, Bureau of the Census, 1975, pp. 77.
5. John B. McKinlay and Sonja M. McKinlay, “The Questionable Contribution of Medical Measures to the Decline of Mortality in the United States in the Twentieth Century,” The Milbank Memorial Fund Quarterly, Health and Society, vol. 55, no. 3, summer 1977, p. 425.
6. Letter from Victoria Romanus, MD, PhD, Department of Epidemiology Swedish Institute of Infectious Disease Control, Stockholm Sweden, August 25, 1995.
7. Record of Mortality in England and Wales for 95 Years as Provided by the Office of National Statistics, 1997; Health Protection Agency Table: Notification of Deaths, England and Wales, 1970–2008.
8. Edward Rothstein, MD, and Kathryn Edwards, MD, “Health Burden of Pertussis in Adolescents and Adults,” Pediatric Infectious Disease Journal, vol. 24, no. 5, May 2005, p. S44.
9. Vital Statistics of the United States 1963, Vol. II—Mortality, Part A, pp. 1–18, 1–19, 1–21.
10. Vincent A. Fulginiti, MD; Jerry J. Eller, MD; Allan W. Downie, MD; and C. Henry Kempe, MD, “Altered Reactivity to Measles Virus: Atypical Measles in Children Previously Immunized with Inactivated Measles Virus Vaccines,” Journal of the American Medical Association, vol. 202, no. 12, December 18, 1967, p. 1080.
11. “Measles Vaccine Effective in Test—Injections with Live Virus Protect 100 Per Cent of Children in Epidemics,” New York Times, September 14, 1961.
12. “Thaler to Hold State Senate Hearing to Find Fastest Way to Expedite Plan,” New York Times, February 24, 1965.
13. Jane E. Brody, “Measles Will Be Nearly Ended by ’67, U.S. Health Aides Say,” New York Times, May 24, 1966.
14. Lisa Belkin, “Measles, Not Yet a Thing of the Past, Reveals the Limits of an Old Vaccine,” New York Times, February 25, 1989.
15. B. Goldman, “The Bodyguard: Tapping the Immune System’s Secrets,” Stanford Medicine, summer 2011.
16. P. J. Lachmann, “Immunopathology of Measles,” Proceedings Royal Society of Medicine, vol. 67, November 1974, p. 1120.
17. “Measles as an Index of Immunological Function,” The Lancet, September 14, 1968, p. 611.
18. Wafaie W. Fawzi, MD; Thomas C. Chalmers, MD; M. Guillermo Herrera, MD; and Frederick Mosteller, PhD, “Vitamin A Supplementation and Child Mortality: A Meta-Analysis,” Journal of the American Medical Association, February 17, 1993, p. 901.
19. Fred R. Klenner, MD, “The Treatment of Poliomyelitis and Other Virus Diseases with Vitamin C,” Southern Medicine & Surgery, July 1949.
20. “Cinnamon as a Preventive of Measles,” American Druggist Pharmaceutical Record, New York, November 1919, p. 47.
21.J. M. Heffernan and M. J. Keeling, “Implications of Vaccination and Waning Immunity,” Proceedings of the Royal Society B, vol. 276, 2009.
22. D. L. Levy, “The Future of Measles in Highly Immunized Populations: A Modeling Approach,” American Journal of Epidemiology, vol. 120, no. 1, July 1984, pp. 39–48.
If any recipient of this message prefers to not receive future emailings from this address, please type “unsubscribe” and your name in the subject line and hit “reply”
[themify_box]
Dr. Gary G. Kohls, MD
Dr Gary G Kohls MD
is a retired physician who practiced holistic, non-drug, mental health care for the last decade of his forty year family practice career. He is a contributor to and an endorser of the efforts of the Citizens Commission on Human Rights and was a member of MindFreedom International, the International Center for the Study of Psychiatry and Psychology, and the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies.
While running his independent clinic, he published over 400 issues of his Preventive Psychiatry E-Newsletter, which was emailed to a variety of subscribers. (They have not been archived at any website.) In the early 2000s, Dr Kohls taught a graduate level psychology course at the University of Minnesota Duluth. It was titled “The Science and Psychology of the Mind-Body Connection”.
Since his retirement, Dr Kohls has been writing a weekly column (titled “Duty to Warn”) for the Duluth Reader, an alternative newsweekly published in Duluth, Minnesota. He offers teaching seminars to the public and to healthcare professionals.
Although I have just been doing my scholarly, unbiased, science-based duty to warn (that is in direct opposition to the highly biased, indeed perverted, corporate “science” of Big Pharma that we all know is really in the game just because of the money), I have just received my first “death threat”. It came in the form of a blog post at Transcend Media Services, a European peace and justice website that regularly publishes my Duty to Warn articles.
Knowing the truth of the old phrase “You Know You’re Over the Target, When You’re Catching Flak”, when I receive attacks about something I wrote that is firmly backed up by irrefutable science, I feel motivated to continue doing my part to bring some truth to the seriously compromised healthcare non-system of America, which has been usurped by corporate entities such as Big Pharma, Big Insurance and Big Finance that meet the definition of sociopathic personalities.
But, knowing the history of how progressive movements are usually stifled before they acquired power, it bothers me when I recall that so many prophetic voices throughout history have been silenced by death threats, by ad hominem attacks, by character assassinations, by smear campaigns, by threats of being fired from their jobs and, if the hero persists, actual assassination attempts (include being “suicided”) that come from entities that have hidden, but very ruthless agendas.
There are many progressive whistle-blowers and groups that many of us admire for doing courageous duty in the face of organized police state violence. Think suffragettes, anti-slavery abolitionist activists, antiwar activists, civil rights activists, feminist movement activists, gay rights activists, environmentalists, native American water protectors, etc, etc. And think of the tens of thousands of parents of vaccine-injured or vaccine-killed babies and children (and now consider the thousands of Gardasil-injured or killed young women who received that $130 per shot vaccine because the Merck corporation (of Vioxx infamy) claimed – totally theoretically – that 20 or 30 years in the future their risk of getting cancer of the cervix would possibly be lessened.
When the future of the planet and the futures – or health – of their children are at stake, courageous parents whose innocent children were harmed, are very willing to stand up and speak out even if it attracts flak from inanimate, non-human realities like governmental, pharmaceutical and media corporations. They are even willing to be abused and harassed – even shot at, by those conscienceless corporation’s highly-paid, potentially vicious mercenary armies that hire ex-special ops military veterans – as was the case with the pipeline industry at Standing Rock recently. These corporate entities, probably starting with their ubiquitous right-wing think tanks, have ulterior motives, very deep pockets and the complete cooperation of the major media – who are dependent on their prestige, largesse and, of course, advertising revenue.
But I really care about the many progressive heroes who have actually been assassinated when their courageous messages got too close to the truth. Some examples of the assassinated progressive thinkers include Jesus of Nazareth, Mohandas Gandhi, Jack Kennedy, Martin Luther King, Bobby Kennedy and Paul Wellstone. Those dastardly acts surely happened because they were starting to annoy their respective Deep State entities because of their unwelcome truth-telling. Many people think that if the peace-making, anti-war, social democrat Bernie Sanders had become president of our war-mongering, police state nation, he would surely have been marked for figurative or literal assassination.
Anyway, here is the quasi-“death threat” (if condemning me to hell qualifies as a death threat) that I recently received from a drastically uninformed reader who had obviously swallowed – hook, line and sinker – the wide-spread myth that vaccines were totally responsible for stopping previously lethal infectious diseases. (Anyone who knows thoroughly the real history of vaccines knows that the lethality of many infectious diseases had already disappeared by the time the vaccines were introduced to the public. Specifically, smallpox disappeared in spite of the fact that only 10% of the world’s population ever received a small pox vaccination.
The writer of the letter obviously had never really read what I and so many other unbiased experts and scholars had written, and she obviously had fallen for the propaganda from Big Pharma (or the co-opted regulatory agencies like the subsidiaries of the CDC, the FDA, the NIH, etc). She also did not reveal her connections to the vaccine industry nor to the medical clinics that, based on their silence on this serious topic and their willingness to demean and even fire patients who distrust Big Pharma’s over-vaccination agendas for their children, must be very interested in inoculating their infants, children and adult patients with the 270 new vaccines that are in Big Pharma’s pipeline – soon ready to propagandize their importance for the public health.
Here is the letter from a Jane Foster, responding to my last column (about ad hominem attacks, the power of ignorance and cognitive dissonance), immediately followed, helpfully, by someone praising the same article. The second writer had obviously read and absorbed what I have written in the quite wonderful, peace studies-oriented Transcend Media Services, which I would highly recommend people subscribing to. For the last year’s Duty to Warn articles and information on how to subscribe to the weekly journal, go to: https://www.transcend.org/tms/search/?q=gary+kohls+articles
On 5 June 2017 at 22:46, Jane Foster (from somewhere in the UK) says:
Excuse me Gary.
You have been posting a string of unscientific horsesXXX about vaccines, and THIS is all you can come up with?
Go to hell with the rest of the genocidal anti-vax psychpaths.
To the editors: Diseases such as smallpox, polio and so has killed more than half a billion humans in the last centuries. More than all wars combined. Diseases that are preventable with vaccines. You are lending a hand to a psychopathic movement that want us to go back to those times where (mostly poor) people died due to lack of vaccines.
Why are you supporting these genocidal nuts?
Reply
On 6 June 2017 at 06:02, Gary Corseri. says:
Dear Dr. Kohl,
Thank you for another informative and enlightening article.
You wisely disarmed potential nonsensical critics with your apt series of lead-in quotes–from some of the great thinkers. That is: you “disarmed” those wise enough to contemplate your message; to respect your research and your dedication to the Hippocratic Oath and the Precautionary Principle. That dedication is manifest in this article (and in others that I have read by you).
You are sensibly calling attention to the destructive Power of Ignorance, and, in particular, lamenting “ad hominem” attacks that merely highlight the assailant’s paucity of wit or knowledge. Such attacks have become quite the norm in the US political system during the past 2 years. Rather than look for some “common ground”– (Johann) Galtung often asks: “What is your vision? How can we share?–rather than look for space to share, for the common good, the US public is dividing along “totally correct” and “totally false” narratives; and identifying simplistically as “good guys” or “bad guys.” Miss the subtleties of thoughts and emotions and surely we miss the range of qualities that make us human! In short, we not only “miss the point,” we dehumanize “the other” and ourselves!
Keep on keeping on, Dr. Kohls! Whether you write cogently about our corrupt political system, our misconstrued history, muddled media, or an exploitative medical-pharmaceutical-dental system, you write clearly, incisively and honestly.
And below are assorted quotes from concerned, unbiased scientists (who have resisted becoming affiliated with the corrupted vaccine industry) regarding the unequivocal neurological damage from the various highly neurotoxic vaccine ingredients, such as mercury and aluminum.
But remember, it isn’t just kids being adversely affected by neurotoxins; it’s also the older generation who have their own CDC-recommended vaccine schedule. And the evidence is that Alzheimer’s Disease has important vaccine-induced neurotoxicity as a factor.
[themify_quote]“In the field of chemical toxicology it is universally recognized that combinations of toxins may bring exponential increases of toxicity; ie, a combination of two chemicals may bring a 10-fold increase in toxicity, three chemicals 100-fold increases. This same principle almost certainly applies to the immunosuppressive effects of viral vaccines when administered in combination, as with the MMR vaccine, among which the measles vaccine is (known to be) exceptionally immunosuppresive.” – Harold Buttram, MD[/themify_quote]
[themify_quote]“The human immune system is divided into two major classes: 1) Cellular Immunity (for which injected vaccines do absolutely nothing, except to weaken it), located in the mucous membranes of the gastrointestinal and respiratory tracts and their respective lymph nodes and 2) Humoral Immunity, with production of antigen-specific antibodies by plasma cells in the bone marrow. For eons of time the mucous membranes of the gastrointestinal and respiratory tracts have been the primary sites of infectious microbe entry into the body so that, of necessity, mucosal/cellular immunity has evolved as the primary defense system, with humoral immunity serving a secondary or backup role…Vaccines are reversing these roles, attempting to substitute vaccine-induced humoral immunity for the far more efficient mucosal immunity, the latter in turn undergoing a process of “atrophy of disuse” as a result of this role-switching.” — Harold Buttram, MD[/themify_quote]
[themify_quote]“The steadily increasing patterns of physical and/or mental illnesses among American children show no signs of abating. Unless this issue is definitively addressed, at some future time the process will pass a point of no return (socially and economically) from the sheer numbers of incapacitated children.” – Harold Buttram, MD[/themify_quote]
[themify_quote]“For a long time no one considered the effect of repeated vaccinations on the brain. This was based on a mistaken conclusion that the brain was protected from immune activation by its special protective gateway called the blood-brain barrier. More recent studies have shown that immune cells can enter the brain directly, and more importantly, the brain’s own special immune system can be activated by vaccination.” – Russell Blaylock, MD[/themify_quote]
[themify_quote]“A recent study by the world-renowned immunologist Dr. H. Hugh Fudenberg found that adults vaccinated yearly for five years in a row (in the 1980s and 1990s) with the (mercury-containing) flu vaccine had a 10-fold increased risk of developing Alzheimer’s Disease. He attributes this to the mercury and aluminum in the vaccine. Interestingly, both of these metals have been shown to activate microglia and increase excitotoxicity in the brain.” — Russell Blaylock, MD[/themify_quote]
[themify_quote]“…our current results are consistent with the existing evidence on the toxicology and pharmacokinetics of Aluminum adjuvants which altogether strongly implicate these compounds as contributors to the rising prevalence of neurobehavioral disorders in children. Given that autism has devastating consequences in a life of a child, and that currently in the developed world over 1% of children suffer from some form of ASD, it would seem wise to make efforts towards reducing infant exposure to aluminum from vaccines.“ — C A Shaw, PhD[/themify_quote]
[themify_quote]“There is a serious problem with vaccine safety. Vaccine aluminum adjuvant has adverse neurological effects, at dosages that are recommended by the US CDC. Vaccine critics are supported by the science. Parents refusing to vaccinate according to the recommended CDC schedule are supported by the science. Use aluminum-containing vaccines with great caution, or not at all.” – Chris Shaw, PhD http://vaccinepapers.org/category/aluminum/[/themify_quote]
[themify_quote]“Aluminum is an experimentally demonstrated neurotoxin and the most commonly used vaccine adjuvant…research clearly shows that aluminum adjuvants have a potential to induce serious immunological disorders in humans. In particular, aluminum in adjuvant form carries a risk for autoimmunity, long-term brain inflammation andassociated neurological complications and may thus have profound and widespread adverse health consequences.” — (From Tomljenovic and Shaw’s journal article “Aluminum Vaccine Adjuvants: Are They Safe?”, published in Curr Med Chem. 2011;18(17):2630-7.)[/themify_quote]
[themify_quote]“Aluminum is an experimentally demonstrated neurotoxin and the most commonly used vaccine adjuvant. Despite almost 90 years of widespread use of aluminum adjuvants, medical science’s medical understanding of their mechanisms of action is still remarkably poor. There is also a concerning scarcity of data on toxicology and pharmacokinetics of these compounds. In spite of this, the notion that aluminum in vaccines is safe appears to be widely accepted.” — Tomljenjovic and Shaw[/themify_quote]
Nephrol Dial Transplant. 2002;17 Suppl 2:17-20
The potential role of aluminium in Alzheimer’s disease
Campbell A
Abstract
…A review of the epidemiological and clinical evidence linking aluminium to Alzheimer’s disease (AD) is presented. The article discusses the role of aluminium in two mechanisms that have been linked to neurodegenerative disorders, including AD…The results discussed here have broad implications for the role played by aluminium and other metals in neurodegenerative diseases, and suggest that long-term exposure to supra-physiological amounts of these metals should be avoided.
Industrialized societies produce many convenience foods with aluminum additives that enhance various food properties and use alum (aluminum sulfate or aluminum potassium sulfate) in water treatment to enable delivery of large volumes of drinking water to millions of urban consumers. The present causality analysis evaluates the extent to which the routine, life-long intake, and metabolism of aluminum compounds can account for Alzheimer’s disease (AD), using Austin Bradford Hill’s nine epidemiological and experimental causality criteria, includingstrength of the relationship, consistency, specificity, temporality, dose-dependent response, biological rationale, coherence with existing knowledge, experimental evidence, and analogy.
Mechanisms that underlie the risk of low concentrations of aluminum relate to (1) aluminum’s absorption rates, allowing the impression that aluminum is safe to ingest and as an additive in food and drinking water treatment, (2) aluminum’s slow progressive uptake into the brain over a long prodromal phase, and (3) aluminum’s similarity to iron, in terms of ionic size, allows aluminum to use iron-evolved mechanisms to enter the highly-active, iron-dependent cells responsible for memory processing. Aluminum particularly accumulates in these iron-dependent cells to toxic levels, dysregulating iron homeostasis and causing microtubule depletion, eventually producing changes that result in disconnection of neuronal afferents and efferents, loss of function and regional atrophy consistent with MRI findings in AD brains. Alzheimer’s Disease is a human form of chronic aluminum neurotoxicity.The causality analysis demonstrates that chronic aluminum intake causes Alzheimer’s Disease.
Aluminum Induced Immunoexcitotoxicity in Neurodevelopmental and Neurodegenerative Disorders
Russell L. Blaylock, MD
Abstract
A great deal has been learned about the neurotoxicity of aluminum over the past two decades in terms of its ability to disrupt cellular function. Newer evidence suggests that a more central pathophysiological mechanism may be responsible for much of the toxicity of aluminum and aluminofluoride compounds on the brain. This mechanism involves activation of the brain’s innate immune system, primarily the microglia, with a release of neurotoxic concentrations of excitotoxins and pro-inflammatory cytokines, chemokines and immune mediators.
A large number of studies suggest that excitotoxicity plays a significant role in the neurotoxic action of a number of metals, including aluminum. Recently, researchers have found that while most of the chronic neurodegenerative effects of these metals are secondary to prolonged inflammation, it is the enhancement of excitotoxicity by the immune mediators that is responsible for most of the metal’s toxicity…This paper reviews the evidence linking immunoexcitotoxicity to aluminum’s neurotoxic effects.
Evidence that Ingested Aluminum Additives Contained in Processed Foods and Alum-Treated Drinking Water are a Major Risk Factor for Alzheimer’s Disease
Judie R. Walton
Abstract
Aluminum (Al) is a recognized neurotoxin causally linked to several neurodegenerative diseases with a dementia component. Al has long had a GRAS (Generally Recognized As Safe) rating by the US FDA, that allows Al salts to be used in food manufacture and clarification of urban drinking water supplies. Routine ingestion of Al salts throughout life causes bioavailable Al to accumulate in the brain where it specifically deposits in regions most vulnerable in Alzheimer’s disease (AD). AD has an insidious onset, developing slowly and progressively, producing cognitive deterioration in old age…a study revealed that a significant proportion of rats, particularly those that consumed Al in an equivalent amount to the high end of the human total dietary Al range, progressively accumulated Al in their brain, accompanied by AD-related neuropathology and cognitive deterioration in old age. This article describes evidence for the close involvement of Al with the major AD hallmarks and provides suggestions that may help to remediate the current AD epidemic in westernized countries.
Histol Histopathol. 2008 Apr;23(4):433-9
Aluminium exposure induces Alzheimer’s disease-like histopathological alterations in mouse brain
Rodella LF, et al
Abstract
Aluminium (Al) is a neurotoxic metal and Al exposure may be a factor in the aetiology of various neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer’s disease (AD). The major pathohistological findings in the AD brain are the presence of neuritic plaques containing beta-amyloid (Abeta) which may interfere with neuronal communication…Chronic exposure over 12 months to aluminium sulphate in drinking water resulted in deposition of Abeta similar to that seen in congophilic amyloid angiopathy (CAA) in humans and a reduction in neuronal expression of GRP78 similar to what has previously been observed in Alzheimer’s disease. So, we hypothesise that chronic Al administration is responsible for oxidative cell damage that interferes with functions inducing Abeta accumulation and neurodegenerative damage.
Neurotoxicology. 2009 Nov;30(6):1059-69
Brain lesions comprised of aluminum-rich cells that lack microtubules may be associated with the cognitive deficit of Alzheimer’s disease
Walton JR
Abstract
A recent longitudinal study described an inducible rodent model for age-related cognitive deterioration. This model was produced by chronically feeding rats aluminum, from age 12 months onwards, in measured amounts equivalent to total aluminum levels ingested by Americans from their food, beverages and aluminum additives. The rats performed a hippocampal-dependent spatial memory discrimination task weekly throughout middle age and old age. One-third of the rats attained significantly lower mean performance scores in old age than middle age, in an aluminum dose-dependent manner, and exhibited behavioral signs observed in dementia.
The present study used histological and immunohistochemical techniques to identify neuropathological difference between brains of rats that showed cognitive deterioration and the cognitively intact controls. Most aged rat brains had large numbers of aluminum-loaded pyramidal cells in their entorhinal cortex and temporal association cortex but the cognitively deteriorated rats had threefold more such cells than controls (p<0.01). A distinguishing feature was that all brains of the cognitively deteriorated rats, and none of controls, had at least one substantial hippocampal lesion that consisted of aluminum-rich microtubule-depleted pyramidal cells with shriveled processes, and loss of synapse density. Corticolimbic sections from brains of humans with Alzheimer’s disease also showed neuropathology consistent with this type of damage. The evidence suggests bioavailable aluminum gradually accumulates in cortical and limbic regions of susceptible subjects’ brains, eventually producing hippocampal lesions consisting of dysfunctional aluminum-rich microtubule-depleted pyramidal cells with damaged neurites and synapse loss. These lesions expand over time, disrupting afferent and efferent hippocampal circuitry with the development of clinically overt dementia.
Brain Res Bull. 2001 May 15;55(2):211-7
Effects of aluminum on the neurotoxicity of primary cultured neurons and on the aggregation of beta-amyloid protein
Kawahara M, et al
Abstract
Recent epidemiological, neuropathological, and biochemical studies have suggested a possible link between the neurotoxicity of aluminum and the pathogenesis of Alzheimer’s disease. However, this relationship remains controversial. To investigate detailed characteristics of neurotoxicity of aluminum, we used primary cultured neurons of rat cerebral cortex as an in vitro model system for the observation of morphological changes induced by chronic exposure to aluminum. Although the exposure to aluminum chloride (10-100 microM) for 1 week did not cause marked neuronal death, degeneration of neuritic processes and accumulation of tau protein and beta-amyloid protein appeared after chronic exposure to 50 microM aluminum chloride for more than 3 weeks. We also investigated the polymerization of beta-amyloid protein in vitro using the immunoblotting technique. We thus found that aluminum induced conformational changes in beta-amyloid protein and enhanced its aggregation in vitro. The aggregated beta-amyloid protein was dissolved by the addition of desferrioxamine, a chelator of aluminum. The aggregated beta-amyloid protein pre-incubated with aluminum formed fibrillar deposits on the surface of cultured neurons.
J Inorg Biochem. 2013 Sep;126:35-7
Selective accumulation of aluminum in cerebral arteries in Alzheimer’s disease (AD)
Bhattacharjee S, et al
Abstract
Once biologically available aluminum bypasses gastrointestinal and blood-brain barriers, this environmentally-abundant neurotoxin has an exceedingly high affinity for the large pyramidal neurons of the human brain hippocampus. This same anatomical region of the brain is also targeted by the earliest evidence of Alzheimer’s disease (AD) neuropathology. The mechanism for the selective targeting and transport of aluminum into the hippocampus of the human brain is not well understood. In an effort to improve our understanding of a pathological aluminum entry system into the brain, this study examined the aluminum content of 8 arteries that supply blood to the hippocampus, including the aorta and several cerebral arteries. In contrast to age-matched controls, in AD patients we found a gradient of increasing aluminum concentration from the aorta to the posterior cerebral artery that supplies blood to the hippocampus. Primary cultures of human brain endothelial cells were found to have an extremely high affinity for aluminum when compared to other types of brain cells. Together, these results suggest for the first time that endothelial cells that line the cerebral vasculature may have biochemical attributes conducive to binding and targeting aluminum to selective anatomical regions of the brain, such as the hippocampus, with potential downstream pro-inflammatory and pathogenic consequences.
J Inorg Biochem. 2009 Nov;103(11):1548-54
APP expression, distribution and accumulation are altered by aluminum in a rodent model for Alzheimer’s disease
Walton, JR, Wang
Abstract
…We examined in vivo effects of aluminum on amyloid precursor protein (APP) in aged rats, obtained from previously-reported longitudinal studies, that chronically ingested aluminum in amounts equivalent to total dietary aluminum levels that Americans routinely ingest…This study shows aluminum routinely derived from chronic oral ingestion, that gradually accumulates in brain regions important for memory-processing, is sufficient to increase APP levels in neural cells of those regions. Aluminum may thus launch the cascade that results in the formation of amyloid plaques in human brain.
Brain Res. 2008 Sep 26;1232:94-103
Impairment of mitochondrial energy metabolism in different regions of rat brain following chronic exposure to aluminium
Kumar V, Bal A, Gill KD
Abstract
… Mitochondrial preparations from aluminium-treated rats revealed significant decrease in the activity of various electron transport complexes…in the hippocampus region…This decrease in the activities of electron transport complexes in turn affected the ATP synthesis and ATP levels adversely in the mitochondria isolated from aluminium treated rat brain regions…The present study thus highlights the significance of altered mitochondrial energy metabolism and increased ROS production as a result of chronic aluminium exposure in different regions of the rat brain.
Indian J Exp Biol. 2010 Jul;48(7):737-43
Microsomal Ca2+ flux modulation as an indicator of heavy metal toxicity
Pentyala S, et al
Abstract
…Aluminum (Al), lead (Pb) and mercury (Hg) were reported to alter Calcium (Ca)-regulated events thereby causing neurotoxicity. Hence, an attempt was made characterize IP3 mediated Ca2+ release from rat brain microsomes under the influence of Al, Pb and Hg…All the three metals inhibited inositol trisphosphate (IP3)-mediated Ca2+ release, Pb being more potent. The order of potency of these three metals was Pb>Hg>Al…These results suggest that neurotoxicity exerted by Al, Pb and Hg may be due to the interference of these metals with IP3 mediated calcium release and also interfering with the microsomal Ca2+ sequestration mechanism.
[themify_box]
Dr. Gary G. Kohls, MD
Dr Gary G Kohls MD
is a retired physician who practiced holistic, non-drug, mental health care for the last decade of his forty year family practice career. He is a contributor to and an endorser of the efforts of the Citizens Commission on Human Rights and was a member of MindFreedom International, the International Center for the Study of Psychiatry and Psychology, and the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies.
While running his independent clinic, he published over 400 issues of his Preventive Psychiatry E-Newsletter, which was emailed to a variety of subscribers. (They have not been archived at any website.) In the early 2000s, Dr Kohls taught a graduate level psychology course at the University of Minnesota Duluth. It was titled “The Science and Psychology of the Mind-Body Connection”.
Since his retirement, Dr Kohls has been writing a weekly column (titled “Duty to Warn”) for the Duluth Reader, an alternative newsweekly published in Duluth, Minnesota. He offers teaching seminars to the public and to healthcare professionals.
As ‘mental health’ issues gain more attention, sympathetic and otherwise, in a wide variety of contexts and countries around the world, the opportunity for inaccurate perceptions of what causes these issues, and how to treat them, are likewise expanded.
So if you or someone you know is supposed to have a ‘mental illness’ such as anxiety, depression, schizophrenia, obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), bipolar disorder, anorexia nervosa or post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), I would like to give you the opportunity to consider an explanation and a way forward that you are unlikely to have come across.
[themify_quote]My first suggestion is that you ignore any label that you have been given. These labels are an inaccurate and unhelpful way of labeling the appropriate, diverse and complex emotional responses that a normal human being will have to emotionally disturbing events. It is inaccurate because words such as these imply a ‘disorder’ that a normal individual should not have in response to emotionally challenging events in their life and it is unhelpful because the term suggests that many different individuals are having the same (dysfunctional) response.[/themify_quote]
[themify_quote]Human beings have a brilliantly diverse and complex array of emotions and hence potential emotional responses as a result of the evolutionary pressures that shaped the emergence of hominids over millions of years. An extraordinary emotional capacity is one of the defining features of our humanity and, I would argue, far more important than any other feature such as our intellectual capacity.[/themify_quote]
Our emotions or, more simply, our feelings play the central role in determining our behaviour in any given circumstance. Whatever we do, we are responding to our feelings. If we are doing what we want to do, we are doing what we feel like doing. If we are not doing what we feel like doing, it is because our fear has been triggered sufficiently to override feelings that would otherwise have us doing something more functional and enjoyable. Regrettably, human ‘socialization’ (that is, terrorization) plays heavily on our fear during childhood in order to turn us into obedient slaves in the forms of student, worker/soldier and citizen. And this happens irrespective of our level of intelligence. For a full explanation, see ‘Why Violence?’
Unfortunately, once our fear has been utilized to suppress our awareness of how we genuinely feel and what we want to do – which is sometimes euphemistically referred to as ‘emotional regulation’ – we are no longer able to access these feelings readily and we live our lives unconsciously and powerlessly submitting to the will of those we fear and the institutions they control. But the price for doing so is that our lives are no longer our own.
As a unique individual who has experienced the ongoing violent trauma virtually all of us experience during childhood you have found yourself experiencing a level of emotional response that is very appropriate given your experience but which is both exacerbated and complicated by the sudden release of feelings that you had been suppressing since childhood (and which you are probably being told are inappropriate now).
The fear you feel (probably labeled ‘anxiety’, ‘nervousness’ or something else) in particular (and perhaps virtually all) contexts is also triggering the monumental fear (of your parents, teachers, religious figures and other adults) that you were scared into suppressing as a child.
The anger you feel about how you were treated and/or what happened to others (perhaps siblings) you know is merely the peak of the volcano of anger that you have been keeping the lid on since childhood.
The sadness you feel about what has happened to you and perhaps others you know is only the tip of the iceberg of sadness you have been suppressing all of your life.
The guilt, shame, embarrassment… you feel, perhaps about those you let down or for some other reason, is only the latest addition to the guilt and other feelings you have been suppressing since childhood.
Do you think I am wrong? Then consider this. Were you ever allowed to show your fear as a child (and to act on it)? Were you allowed to cry freely and openly? Were you allowed to get angry (at being ‘done over’ or in defense of yourself)? As often as you needed? Or were you endlessly admonished and, one way or another, terrorized into behaving blandly (with ‘acceptable’ feelings like love and happiness tolerated in particular doses and circumstances).
So if you want to deal powerfully with all of the emotional responses that are causing your so-called ‘mental illness’, here is my suggestion. Focus on feeling each and all of your feelings. If you wake from a nightmare, deliberately and consciously focus on the imagery in the nightmare while you feel just how terrified you are. Focus on this feeling for as long as you can. It will be horrendous and will take enormous courage. But, after a time, it will start to fade and you will feel some relief. When your fear arises again, in any context, pay conscious attention to it. You have been suppressing it all of your life; it just wants to be heard and felt so that you can let it go forever.
If you feel angry, instead of trying to suppress it, harming yourself or harming someone else (perhaps, even, someone you love), express your anger fully and completely but in a safe way. How? Here are some suggestions but you will need to decide what will work best for you. Get an axe and chop wood (thinking about utterly destroying who/what is making you angry: parents, teachers, religious figures, politicians, military officers…) until your anger has been vented. Or smash a bat or racquet into a mattress or cushion. Or scream (into a pillow if noise is an issue). Or punch a punching bag. If you feel angry you need to exert enormous physical effort to adequately express it. This might require several hours for any one session and you might need to do a great many sessions. Remember, you need to work off a lifetime of anger! If you can set up a safe space for your regular anger sessions, do so. Whatever you do, however, don’t waste your time saying or writing ‘I feel angry…’. And don’t waste a moment of your life in an ‘anger management’ course. Anger, like all emotions, needs to be expressed, not ‘managed’ (that is, suppressed).
Another reason why it is important that you express your anger as I have just suggested is because you will often discover afterwards that you are projecting your anger. Projection is another of the creative ways that your mind can use to give you a lead back to some of your suppressed feelings. Projection occurs, for example, when it feels like you are angry with your spouse for something she/he has done but, once you fully express the feelings, you realize that, in fact, while your spouse did something that unintentionally triggered your anger, most of the anger is actually about someone or something from your childhood. You cannot discover the source of the projection without fully expressing the feelings first. Many people who routinely abuse their spouse and/or children are trapped in a projection which is why their anger cannot lead to greater self-awareness. People often project their fear and sadness too: phobias are the result of projected fear, for example, while sad films enable some people to access their suppressed sadness.
If you feel sad or anxious or ashamed or guilty or in pain or despairing or obsessive or depressed or hopeless or compulsive or self-hating or humiliated or anything else, just let yourself feel it, deeply. And let it manifest in its own way: cry (if that is what happens when you feel sad), shake (if that is what happens when you feel scared), feel guilty or hopeless, feel horrible or …. Deliberately. Consciously. For as long as it lasts or for as long as you are able to do at the time.
If you feel a sensation in your body, such as muscle tension or a pain or a sense of contamination, focus on where you feel it and how it feels. Eventually, after feeling the feelings from this sensation (which might take very many sessions), you will discover why the sensation originated and learn what it is trying to teach you.
If you feel suicidal it will often be because you are unconsciously suppressing another shocking feeling that feels beyond your courage to feel consciously, such as the feeling of self-hatred for something shameful you have done, and suicide will seem the best way out. The suicidal feeling might also arise out a sense of hopelessness or a desire for release from enormous emotional and/or physical pain. Suicide is an option that no-one should ever take from you, and I would never do so, but I gently encourage you to focus on any suicidal feeling in the belief that the underlying feeling – self-hatred, pain or something else – will eventually be relieved and the urge to destroy yourself will pass allowing you to keep traveling the journey of healing.
At this point, I should add that consciously focusing on feeling physical pain (as a result of injuries or otherwise) is an important element of any comprehensive healing strategy too.
As you have realized by now, this process of feeling isn’t necessarily fun and my suggestion runs directly counter to our ‘feel good’ culture which emphasizes ‘positive’ feelings while teaching you to suppress ‘negative’ ones. However, feeling your suppressed feelings will be, ultimately, liberating and will progressively restore you to a life of authenticity: a superior version of the life of dignity, honour and courage that you once had (or should have had).
If new symptoms arise as you travel your healing journey and even if these involve difficult feelings, it will usually be a sign that you are making solid progress in uncovering the original sources of your emotional ‘ill-health’. These symptoms, if any, simply provide another opportunity for you to focus on how you feel. Take advantage of them until they fade so that you learn what they are teaching you.
Another suggestion I have is to alter your diet to the consumption of organically-grown, vegetarian whole (unprocessed) food so that your brain gets the nutrition it needs to heal and function well. This also means that you should discontinue using any drugs that are supposed to suppress your awareness of your anxiety, depression, OCD, PTSD… particularly given that psychiatric drugs might generate new symptoms, worsen your existing symptoms and/or even cause brain damage. If you are addicted (whether to psychiatric drugs, alcohol or illicit drugs), you might consider consulting a natural health practitioner (such as a homeopath or naturopath) who is familiar with assisting people to withdraw from drugs and to detoxify their bodies, or consider buying the Charlotte Gerson book Healing the Gerson Way: Defeating Cancer and other Chronic Diseases so that you can undertake Gerson Therapy at home to eliminate all of your physical drug addictions. Alternatively, you might consult the ‘Mad in America’ website for other methods on how to safely and easily break your addictions.
In addition, I strongly encourage you to discontinue seeing all of those psychiatrists, psychologists, psychotherapists, counsellors and doctors (unless they qualify as specified below) who are more terrified of the natural expression of your feelings than are you (and probably only offer time-limited sessions). See ‘Defeating the Violence of Psychiatry’. You need to feel all of your feelings which have been an appropriate emotional response to the terror of your childhood. It is feeling our feelings that allows us to move on from violence and trauma to lead a meaningful life. Evolution is not stupid even if many of its human products have, indeed, been stupefied.
If you are lucky enough to know someone (relative, friend or professional) who feels capable of listening to you while you talk about violent/traumatic experiences (and thus enable your feelings to surface more readily) and you trust them to do so, I encourage you to take advantage of the listening. Ideally, this should happen on a daily basis with each session lasting for as long as you need it.
Talk about your experiences (or don’t talk if you find this difficult) but spend time focusing on how you feel about these experiences. Choose an unpleasant memory from your past and focus on the feelings – sadness, fear, anger, shame, guilt… – that arise as you talk and then think about that memory. Keep replaying the memory as often as it feels productive to do so, until the feelings attached to that memory have all been felt/expressed and the memory is no longer difficult to contemplate. If the feelings attached to a particular memory feel too horrible for you to feel now, choose a memory with feelings that feel manageable and tackle them first. The more horrible memories will wait until you feel capable of feeling them because the courage you need to feel your worst fears will gradually accumulate.
The listener should listen in silence (even if you are not speaking) and, if capable of doing so, occasionally reflect any of your feelings they can hear ‘beneath’ the words you are speaking; for example, ‘You sound scared of your mother/father’ or ‘You sound angry that your teacher forced you to do something against your will’. If the reflection is accurate, keep focusing on how you feel by imagining what is bringing up the feeling. If you feel like crying, then cry. If you need to get angry, do so in the way that works for you (as mentioned above). And so on. You are the only one who can interpret your feelings, nightmares, dreams and other emotional experiences and you should ask any listener to let you do so. Discourage any listener from reassuring or advising you; deal with the reality of how you feel, finally, and discover your own way forward. For more detail, see Nisteling: The Art of Deep Listening.
If you don’t know anyone who can listen without being triggered into feelings of their own (because they are scared by what happened to you/them) then you are better off listening to yourself. That means having regular sessions, preferably on a daily basis, in a safe space you have created when you allow yourself to deliberately focus on traumatic experiences and to feel each and all of the feelings, sometimes in combination, that arise when you do. It will sometimes mean that you need to abandon what you are doing because something triggers a sudden rush of feelings that demand your attention immediately. Not very convenient I know, but neither were your traumatic experiences as a child.
How long will it take? For many of you it will take a very long time, perhaps several years of regular sessions. I would like to tell you otherwise but you have been lied to far too often already – there are no quick fixes to the emotional trauma you are suffering – and I won’t insult you by doing so again. Having said ‘it will take a very long time’, I will add that every individual has a unique healing journey and, whatever the difficult feelings involved, each session of feeling is a session of healing – which might reveal an important insight about your life – and will take you one step closer to gaining a life free of mental ill-health and full of emotional power.
In essence, it is vastly superior strategy to provide yourself with a safe space in which your feelings can arise naturally so that you can feel and express them, safely and completely, rather than endlessly try to suppress them (but have them manifest ‘out of control’ anyway).
If you have a spouse or child who has been traumatized by your behaviour, the information in this article is equally valid for them too. In fact, it is useful information for any person because, tragically, we were all terrorized during childhood.
Obviously, I haven’t dealt with every issue – like ‘How do I recover from my emotional devastation when I need to work?’ or ‘How do I recover emotionally if I have difficult physical injuries too?’ – so I am going to have to trust you to work out answers to any unanswered questions. I am just explaining how you can emotionally restore yourself.
Finally, if your life experience generally leaves you inclined to believe that humans can do better than inflict mass violence on each other in attempts to ‘resolve’ their conflicts, then you might consider signing online ‘The People’s Charter to Create a Nonviolent World’.
In conclusion, I want to summarize your options, which are the options open to any human. You stand at the fork of two paths. The first path is the one that takes you further along the journey that you are traveling, offering you more of what you have now.
The second path, outlined above, offers you a long journey of difficult, frightening and painful emotional healing – with regular periods of relief and rewarding insights about your life – which will, if traveled, lead you to a vastly superior version of your old life.
The third path, which will only open to you once you have traveled the second path for a considerable time, will provide an encounter with ever deeper layers of suppressed fear, sadness, pain, anger, shame, guilt, anxiety, dread, humiliation, self-hatred … terror, fury … until its end many years later (although your capacity to cope with such horror will be steadily growing all of the time). At the end of this third path, should you choose to travel it and once your final layer of suppressed terror has been felt, you will become the person that evolution intended you to be on the day you were born.